<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
<?xml-stylesheet href="/stylesheet.xsl" type="text/xsl"?>
<rss version="2.0" xmlns:dc="http://purl.org/dc/elements/1.1/" xmlns:atom="http://www.w3.org/2005/Atom" xmlns:sy="http://purl.org/rss/1.0/modules/syndication/" xmlns:content="http://purl.org/rss/1.0/modules/content/" xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd" xmlns:podcast="https://podcastindex.org/namespace/1.0">
  <channel>
    <atom:link rel="self" type="application/atom+xml" href="https://feeds.transistor.fm/here-to-there-with-carolyn-taketa" title="MP3 Audio"/>
    <atom:link rel="hub" href="https://pubsubhubbub.appspot.com/"/>
    <podcast:podping usesPodping="true"/>
    <title>Here To There With Carolyn Taketa</title>
    <generator>Transistor (https://transistor.fm)</generator>
    <itunes:new-feed-url>https://feeds.transistor.fm/here-to-there-with-carolyn-taketa</itunes:new-feed-url>
    <description>We focus on moving from Here, wherever you are as an individual in your personal life, leadership, or church ministry, to There, the preferred future that God has for us. 

Each monthly episode features a conversation with someone in small groups ministry, authors, thought leaders, and pastors. We discuss topics that can be helpful, informative, or even powerful for you the listener.

A monthly podcast by Carolyn Taketa. Here To There releases on the 2nd Wednesday of each month. Carolyn Taketa serves as the Executive Director of Small Groups at Calvary Community Church in Westlake Village, California, where she has been on staff since 2005. She oversees all aspects of the small-group ministry, participates in Calvary's senior leadership team, and contributes to planning weekend services. Prior to vocational ministry, Carolyn was a litigation attorney (University of California, Berkeley School of Law).</description>
    <copyright>2022 Lumivoz</copyright>
    <podcast:guid>340bb2fc-32e4-52ff-b195-df116190c1b9</podcast:guid>
    <podcast:locked owner="james@smallgroupnetwork.com">no</podcast:locked>
    <podcast:trailer pubdate="Mon, 07 Feb 2022 10:40:03 -0800" url="https://op3.dev/e/dts.podtrac.com/redirect.mp3/media.transistor.fm/b907ad8a/2eac8f8c.mp3" length="807797" type="audio/mpeg">Here To There with Carolyn Taketa Trailer</podcast:trailer>
    <language>en</language>
    <pubDate>Wed, 23 Jul 2025 07:35:04 -0700</pubDate>
    <lastBuildDate>Tue, 02 Dec 2025 15:41:14 -0800</lastBuildDate>
    <link>https://smallgroupnetwork.com</link>
    <image>
      <url>https://img.transistor.fm/ifZyiMP8rM0l-bTC9GcbPWI2L_X1qDxAtsuOPmPYmD8/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:1400/h:1400/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS9zaG93/LzI4MTU5LzE2NTQ4/MDk2MDYtYXJ0d29y/ay5qcGc.jpg</url>
      <title>Here To There With Carolyn Taketa</title>
      <link>https://smallgroupnetwork.com</link>
    </image>
    <itunes:category text="Religion &amp; Spirituality">
      <itunes:category text="Christianity"/>
    </itunes:category>
    <itunes:category text="Business">
      <itunes:category text="Non-Profit"/>
    </itunes:category>
    <itunes:type>episodic</itunes:type>
    <itunes:author>Carolyn Taketa | Lumivoz</itunes:author>
    <itunes:image href="https://img.transistor.fm/ifZyiMP8rM0l-bTC9GcbPWI2L_X1qDxAtsuOPmPYmD8/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:1400/h:1400/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS9zaG93/LzI4MTU5LzE2NTQ4/MDk2MDYtYXJ0d29y/ay5qcGc.jpg"/>
    <itunes:summary>We focus on moving from Here, wherever you are as an individual in your personal life, leadership, or church ministry, to There, the preferred future that God has for us. 

Each monthly episode features a conversation with someone in small groups ministry, authors, thought leaders, and pastors. We discuss topics that can be helpful, informative, or even powerful for you the listener.

A monthly podcast by Carolyn Taketa. Here To There releases on the 2nd Wednesday of each month. Carolyn Taketa serves as the Executive Director of Small Groups at Calvary Community Church in Westlake Village, California, where she has been on staff since 2005. She oversees all aspects of the small-group ministry, participates in Calvary's senior leadership team, and contributes to planning weekend services. Prior to vocational ministry, Carolyn was a litigation attorney (University of California, Berkeley School of Law).</itunes:summary>
    <itunes:subtitle>We focus on moving from Here, wherever you are as an individual in your personal life, leadership, or church ministry, to There, the preferred future that God has for us.</itunes:subtitle>
    <itunes:keywords>church groups, church small groups, bible study, author interviews, how to do church, how to do small groups, community groups, group leadership, bible leadership, how to read the bible</itunes:keywords>
    <itunes:owner>
      <itunes:name>Lumivoz</itunes:name>
      <itunes:email>james@smallgroupnetwork.com</itunes:email>
    </itunes:owner>
    <itunes:complete>No</itunes:complete>
    <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    <item>
      <title>BONUS New Series: Making Time - Chapter 1</title>
      <itunes:title>BONUS New Series: Making Time - Chapter 1</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>bonus</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">7d8b5284-8f93-4b57-82bf-5037db126bad</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/fa51f7f6</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p><strong>Promo: Making Time<br></strong><br>You have the same 24 hours in your day as the most accomplished people in the world. So why doesn't it feel that way? Follow along on this special 6 episode series as we take a look at how to make more time. By following biblical principles and taking a look at what you really want, Making Time shares the secret to having all the time you need... with a little help from some friends.</p><p>Learn more and download group guides at <a href="https://lumivoz.com/making-time/">https://lumivoz.com/making-time/</a></p><p>For questions, comments, or sharing your tips on how to make more time, reach out to <a href="mailto:makingtime@lumivoz.com">makingtime@lumivoz.com</a></p><p>------------------------------------------------------------------------------</p><br><p>Introducing a new series: Making Time!</p><p><a href="https://lumivoz.com/making-time/">DIGITAL GROUP GUIDE</a></p><p>How are you at making time? Do you feel like you have enough time in the day? Do you know if you have enough time in the day? Is there a difference between how you feel about time and what you think about your time?</p><p>This is the first of a 6 part series on Making Time. Everyone has the same number of hours in the day so why do some people seem to get so much more done? Why do some other people seem so rushed and others seem so casual?</p><p>While this series can be listened to on your end, you’ll get more out of it if you listen to it together with someone else, your spouse, family, small group, book/podcast club or whatever. If you want to make it more fun and interactive with your group, download the GROUP Method discussion guide here: <a href="https://lumivoz.com/making-time/">https://lumivoz.com/making-time/</a></p><p>And we are giving away 50 free GROUP Method  Notebooks. Each notebook has premium BLACK paper and comes with a white pen. To get a free notebook, you can do 1 of the following:</p><p>1. Leave a review for Making Time on your podcast app of choice.<br>2. Share the Making Time podcast on social media.</p><p>Take a screenshot of either one and email it to <a href="mailto:makingtime@lumivoz.com">makingtime@lumivoz.com</a></p><p>This podcast is just launching and still very small so if you enter, you are probably going to win! But here’s the catch, only 1 notebook and pen per email entry. If you want one for each member of your group, they each have to enter. Sorry, we can only afford to ship to the US and Canada at this time but will hopefully have some more international options soon, especially if y’all share this podcast and it gets popular enough ;)</p><p>Music in this episode comes from<br>Artlist.com and Musicbed.com<br>- Good Time by Ben Fox<br>- The Sin by Francesco D’Andrea<br>- Theater Magnus by Marco Martini<br>- String Arpeggios<br>- The Great Wild by Out of Flux<br>- The Sky Within by Romeo<br>- I Owe It To You<br>- Premiere by Adrian Berenguer<br>- Lily’s Bounce</p><p>Edited using Descript</p><p>And for more great podcasts check out <a href="https://lumivoz.com/">https://lumivoz.com</a></p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p><strong>Promo: Making Time<br></strong><br>You have the same 24 hours in your day as the most accomplished people in the world. So why doesn't it feel that way? Follow along on this special 6 episode series as we take a look at how to make more time. By following biblical principles and taking a look at what you really want, Making Time shares the secret to having all the time you need... with a little help from some friends.</p><p>Learn more and download group guides at <a href="https://lumivoz.com/making-time/">https://lumivoz.com/making-time/</a></p><p>For questions, comments, or sharing your tips on how to make more time, reach out to <a href="mailto:makingtime@lumivoz.com">makingtime@lumivoz.com</a></p><p>------------------------------------------------------------------------------</p><br><p>Introducing a new series: Making Time!</p><p><a href="https://lumivoz.com/making-time/">DIGITAL GROUP GUIDE</a></p><p>How are you at making time? Do you feel like you have enough time in the day? Do you know if you have enough time in the day? Is there a difference between how you feel about time and what you think about your time?</p><p>This is the first of a 6 part series on Making Time. Everyone has the same number of hours in the day so why do some people seem to get so much more done? Why do some other people seem so rushed and others seem so casual?</p><p>While this series can be listened to on your end, you’ll get more out of it if you listen to it together with someone else, your spouse, family, small group, book/podcast club or whatever. If you want to make it more fun and interactive with your group, download the GROUP Method discussion guide here: <a href="https://lumivoz.com/making-time/">https://lumivoz.com/making-time/</a></p><p>And we are giving away 50 free GROUP Method  Notebooks. Each notebook has premium BLACK paper and comes with a white pen. To get a free notebook, you can do 1 of the following:</p><p>1. Leave a review for Making Time on your podcast app of choice.<br>2. Share the Making Time podcast on social media.</p><p>Take a screenshot of either one and email it to <a href="mailto:makingtime@lumivoz.com">makingtime@lumivoz.com</a></p><p>This podcast is just launching and still very small so if you enter, you are probably going to win! But here’s the catch, only 1 notebook and pen per email entry. If you want one for each member of your group, they each have to enter. Sorry, we can only afford to ship to the US and Canada at this time but will hopefully have some more international options soon, especially if y’all share this podcast and it gets popular enough ;)</p><p>Music in this episode comes from<br>Artlist.com and Musicbed.com<br>- Good Time by Ben Fox<br>- The Sin by Francesco D’Andrea<br>- Theater Magnus by Marco Martini<br>- String Arpeggios<br>- The Great Wild by Out of Flux<br>- The Sky Within by Romeo<br>- I Owe It To You<br>- Premiere by Adrian Berenguer<br>- Lily’s Bounce</p><p>Edited using Descript</p><p>And for more great podcasts check out <a href="https://lumivoz.com/">https://lumivoz.com</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Wed, 19 Jun 2024 21:12:48 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Carolyn Taketa | Lumivoz</author>
      <enclosure url="https://op3.dev/e/dts.podtrac.com/redirect.mp3/media.transistor.fm/fa51f7f6/aa2ae9a9.mp3" length="13036607" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Carolyn Taketa | Lumivoz</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://img.transistor.fm/BPws9x5a5zi-Qg7E18IINmwKq8qozcRDjNczbGrghIM/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:1400/h:1400/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS8yYmMx/MjcwNjNkMDA0NDVl/NTk0YzA2NDJlYWYw/ZmE3Ny5qcGc.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>815</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p><strong>Promo: Making Time<br></strong><br>You have the same 24 hours in your day as the most accomplished people in the world. So why doesn't it feel that way? Follow along on this special 6 episode series as we take a look at how to make more time. By following biblical principles and taking a look at what you really want, Making Time shares the secret to having all the time you need... with a little help from some friends.</p><p>Learn more and download group guides at <a href="https://lumivoz.com/making-time/">https://lumivoz.com/making-time/</a></p><p>For questions, comments, or sharing your tips on how to make more time, reach out to <a href="mailto:makingtime@lumivoz.com">makingtime@lumivoz.com</a></p><p>------------------------------------------------------------------------------</p><br><p>Introducing a new series: Making Time!</p><p><a href="https://lumivoz.com/making-time/">DIGITAL GROUP GUIDE</a></p><p>How are you at making time? Do you feel like you have enough time in the day? Do you know if you have enough time in the day? Is there a difference between how you feel about time and what you think about your time?</p><p>This is the first of a 6 part series on Making Time. Everyone has the same number of hours in the day so why do some people seem to get so much more done? Why do some other people seem so rushed and others seem so casual?</p><p>While this series can be listened to on your end, you’ll get more out of it if you listen to it together with someone else, your spouse, family, small group, book/podcast club or whatever. If you want to make it more fun and interactive with your group, download the GROUP Method discussion guide here: <a href="https://lumivoz.com/making-time/">https://lumivoz.com/making-time/</a></p><p>And we are giving away 50 free GROUP Method  Notebooks. Each notebook has premium BLACK paper and comes with a white pen. To get a free notebook, you can do 1 of the following:</p><p>1. Leave a review for Making Time on your podcast app of choice.<br>2. Share the Making Time podcast on social media.</p><p>Take a screenshot of either one and email it to <a href="mailto:makingtime@lumivoz.com">makingtime@lumivoz.com</a></p><p>This podcast is just launching and still very small so if you enter, you are probably going to win! But here’s the catch, only 1 notebook and pen per email entry. If you want one for each member of your group, they each have to enter. Sorry, we can only afford to ship to the US and Canada at this time but will hopefully have some more international options soon, especially if y’all share this podcast and it gets popular enough ;)</p><p>Music in this episode comes from<br>Artlist.com and Musicbed.com<br>- Good Time by Ben Fox<br>- The Sin by Francesco D’Andrea<br>- Theater Magnus by Marco Martini<br>- String Arpeggios<br>- The Great Wild by Out of Flux<br>- The Sky Within by Romeo<br>- I Owe It To You<br>- Premiere by Adrian Berenguer<br>- Lily’s Bounce</p><p>Edited using Descript</p><p>And for more great podcasts check out <a href="https://lumivoz.com/">https://lumivoz.com</a></p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>church groups, church small groups, bible study, author interviews, how to do church, how to do small groups, community groups, group leadership, bible leadership, how to read the bible</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Doing Groups Ministry in a Multisite Context w/ Jason Williams</title>
      <itunes:episode>62</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>62</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>Doing Groups Ministry in a Multisite Context w/ Jason Williams</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">f8dfca49-ef82-4050-aae9-660aeb38d930</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/6c4d22c7</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p><strong>Promo: Making Time<br></strong><br>You have the same 24 hours in your day as the most accomplished people in the world. So why doesn't it feel that way? Follow along on this special 6 episode series as we take a look at how to make more time. By following biblical principles and taking a look at what you really want, Making Time shares the secret to having all the time you need... with a little help from some friends.</p><p>Learn more and download group guides at <a href="https://lumivoz.com/making-time/">https://lumivoz.com/making-time/</a></p><p>For questions, comments, or sharing your tips on how to make more time, reach out to <a href="mailto:makingtime@lumivoz.com">makingtime@lumivoz.com</a></p><p>------------------------------------------------------------------------------</p><br><p>Do you serve in a local church ministry? Are you a small group point person? Are you doing groups in a multisite context? If your answer is yes to any of these questions, then this Small Group Network podcast is for you as it will encourage and equip you regarding general ministry principles, leadership &amp; groups in a multisite context!</p><p>Jason Williams is a Texan, born and bred. He earned an MBA from University of Texas at Dallas and worked for 10 years in oil &amp; gas and healthcare IT field. Jason joined Chase Oaks Church staff in Plano, TX for 8 years as part of the executive team, teaching team, and was responsible for developing groups ministry across all campuses, including launching a new campus. In fall 2016, Jason joined Saddleback’s staff as the Campus Groups Development Pastor. In 2010, Saddleback started their first multisite campus and currently has 18 campuses with a 19th one in the works for December. Jason develops and oversees the leadership of groups ministry on all campuses.</p><p>In this Here To There podcast, Host Carolyn Taketa interviews Jason regarding groups in a multisite context as well as general ministry principles that will apply to any ministry leader.</p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p><strong>Promo: Making Time<br></strong><br>You have the same 24 hours in your day as the most accomplished people in the world. So why doesn't it feel that way? Follow along on this special 6 episode series as we take a look at how to make more time. By following biblical principles and taking a look at what you really want, Making Time shares the secret to having all the time you need... with a little help from some friends.</p><p>Learn more and download group guides at <a href="https://lumivoz.com/making-time/">https://lumivoz.com/making-time/</a></p><p>For questions, comments, or sharing your tips on how to make more time, reach out to <a href="mailto:makingtime@lumivoz.com">makingtime@lumivoz.com</a></p><p>------------------------------------------------------------------------------</p><br><p>Do you serve in a local church ministry? Are you a small group point person? Are you doing groups in a multisite context? If your answer is yes to any of these questions, then this Small Group Network podcast is for you as it will encourage and equip you regarding general ministry principles, leadership &amp; groups in a multisite context!</p><p>Jason Williams is a Texan, born and bred. He earned an MBA from University of Texas at Dallas and worked for 10 years in oil &amp; gas and healthcare IT field. Jason joined Chase Oaks Church staff in Plano, TX for 8 years as part of the executive team, teaching team, and was responsible for developing groups ministry across all campuses, including launching a new campus. In fall 2016, Jason joined Saddleback’s staff as the Campus Groups Development Pastor. In 2010, Saddleback started their first multisite campus and currently has 18 campuses with a 19th one in the works for December. Jason develops and oversees the leadership of groups ministry on all campuses.</p><p>In this Here To There podcast, Host Carolyn Taketa interviews Jason regarding groups in a multisite context as well as general ministry principles that will apply to any ministry leader.</p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Wed, 27 Sep 2023 04:00:00 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Carolyn Taketa | Lumivoz</author>
      <enclosure url="https://op3.dev/e/dts.podtrac.com/redirect.mp3/media.transistor.fm/6c4d22c7/360035e6.mp3" length="67599098" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Carolyn Taketa | Lumivoz</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://img.transistor.fm/s4diN51_lUYU7aZi-gx1b4YxQzHhQ_o0BC7wi-2rPpE/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:1400/h:1400/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS9lcGlz/b2RlLzE0OTA1NzQv/MTY5MzkzMzcxMy1h/cnR3b3JrLmpwZw.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>2045</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p><strong>Promo: Making Time<br></strong><br>You have the same 24 hours in your day as the most accomplished people in the world. So why doesn't it feel that way? Follow along on this special 6 episode series as we take a look at how to make more time. By following biblical principles and taking a look at what you really want, Making Time shares the secret to having all the time you need... with a little help from some friends.</p><p>Learn more and download group guides at <a href="https://lumivoz.com/making-time/">https://lumivoz.com/making-time/</a></p><p>For questions, comments, or sharing your tips on how to make more time, reach out to <a href="mailto:makingtime@lumivoz.com">makingtime@lumivoz.com</a></p><p>------------------------------------------------------------------------------</p><br><p>Do you serve in a local church ministry? Are you a small group point person? Are you doing groups in a multisite context? If your answer is yes to any of these questions, then this Small Group Network podcast is for you as it will encourage and equip you regarding general ministry principles, leadership &amp; groups in a multisite context!</p><p>Jason Williams is a Texan, born and bred. He earned an MBA from University of Texas at Dallas and worked for 10 years in oil &amp; gas and healthcare IT field. Jason joined Chase Oaks Church staff in Plano, TX for 8 years as part of the executive team, teaching team, and was responsible for developing groups ministry across all campuses, including launching a new campus. In fall 2016, Jason joined Saddleback’s staff as the Campus Groups Development Pastor. In 2010, Saddleback started their first multisite campus and currently has 18 campuses with a 19th one in the works for December. Jason develops and oversees the leadership of groups ministry on all campuses.</p><p>In this Here To There podcast, Host Carolyn Taketa interviews Jason regarding groups in a multisite context as well as general ministry principles that will apply to any ministry leader.</p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>church groups, church small groups, bible study, author interviews, how to do church, how to do small groups, community groups, group leadership, bible leadership, how to read the bible</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Top 5 Things Not To Do When Coaching Small Group Leaders</title>
      <itunes:episode>61</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>61</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>Top 5 Things Not To Do When Coaching Small Group Leaders</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">c3fba54b-16a8-4a75-ac82-f8fa1cfec80c</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/38ac340a</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p><strong>Promo: Making Time<br></strong><br>You have the same 24 hours in your day as the most accomplished people in the world. So why doesn't it feel that way? Follow along on this special 6 episode series as we take a look at how to make more time. By following biblical principles and taking a look at what you really want, Making Time shares the secret to having all the time you need... with a little help from some friends.</p><p>Learn more and download group guides at <a href="https://lumivoz.com/making-time/">https://lumivoz.com/making-time/</a></p><p>For questions, comments, or sharing your tips on how to make more time, reach out to <a href="mailto:makingtime@lumivoz.com">makingtime@lumivoz.com</a></p><p>------------------------------------------------------------------------------</p><br><p>We would all agree that small group leaders need the support, mentoring, and care that a coaching system can provide, but it continues to be an area of ministry that is challenging, and often a source of confusion and frustration. In this exclusive interview, Host Carolyn Taketa talks with Allen White about issues related to coaching, especially the top 5 common mistakes for small group point people to avoid! </p><p><a href="http://allenwhite.org/">Allen White</a> coaches churches in launching exponential groups. In over 25 years of ministry, he has served on staff at two churches: New Life Christian Center in Turlock, CA and Brookwood Church in Simpsonville, SC. He has coached over 1,500 churches across North America. Allen is the author of <a href="http://allenwhite.org/exponential-groups-book/">Exponential Groups: Unleashing Your Church's Potential</a>.</p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p><strong>Promo: Making Time<br></strong><br>You have the same 24 hours in your day as the most accomplished people in the world. So why doesn't it feel that way? Follow along on this special 6 episode series as we take a look at how to make more time. By following biblical principles and taking a look at what you really want, Making Time shares the secret to having all the time you need... with a little help from some friends.</p><p>Learn more and download group guides at <a href="https://lumivoz.com/making-time/">https://lumivoz.com/making-time/</a></p><p>For questions, comments, or sharing your tips on how to make more time, reach out to <a href="mailto:makingtime@lumivoz.com">makingtime@lumivoz.com</a></p><p>------------------------------------------------------------------------------</p><br><p>We would all agree that small group leaders need the support, mentoring, and care that a coaching system can provide, but it continues to be an area of ministry that is challenging, and often a source of confusion and frustration. In this exclusive interview, Host Carolyn Taketa talks with Allen White about issues related to coaching, especially the top 5 common mistakes for small group point people to avoid! </p><p><a href="http://allenwhite.org/">Allen White</a> coaches churches in launching exponential groups. In over 25 years of ministry, he has served on staff at two churches: New Life Christian Center in Turlock, CA and Brookwood Church in Simpsonville, SC. He has coached over 1,500 churches across North America. Allen is the author of <a href="http://allenwhite.org/exponential-groups-book/">Exponential Groups: Unleashing Your Church's Potential</a>.</p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Wed, 20 Sep 2023 04:00:00 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Carolyn Taketa | Lumivoz</author>
      <enclosure url="https://op3.dev/e/dts.podtrac.com/redirect.mp3/media.transistor.fm/38ac340a/40ce4e9a.mp3" length="80186035" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Carolyn Taketa | Lumivoz</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://img.transistor.fm/exWl7BkPhSOQmMcDWpi95A2AQwBUQoTGD7wm4NyzeDw/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:1400/h:1400/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS9lcGlz/b2RlLzE0OTA1NzMv/MTY5MzkzMzYzNi1h/cnR3b3JrLmpwZw.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>2479</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p><strong>Promo: Making Time<br></strong><br>You have the same 24 hours in your day as the most accomplished people in the world. So why doesn't it feel that way? Follow along on this special 6 episode series as we take a look at how to make more time. By following biblical principles and taking a look at what you really want, Making Time shares the secret to having all the time you need... with a little help from some friends.</p><p>Learn more and download group guides at <a href="https://lumivoz.com/making-time/">https://lumivoz.com/making-time/</a></p><p>For questions, comments, or sharing your tips on how to make more time, reach out to <a href="mailto:makingtime@lumivoz.com">makingtime@lumivoz.com</a></p><p>------------------------------------------------------------------------------</p><br><p>We would all agree that small group leaders need the support, mentoring, and care that a coaching system can provide, but it continues to be an area of ministry that is challenging, and often a source of confusion and frustration. In this exclusive interview, Host Carolyn Taketa talks with Allen White about issues related to coaching, especially the top 5 common mistakes for small group point people to avoid! </p><p><a href="http://allenwhite.org/">Allen White</a> coaches churches in launching exponential groups. In over 25 years of ministry, he has served on staff at two churches: New Life Christian Center in Turlock, CA and Brookwood Church in Simpsonville, SC. He has coached over 1,500 churches across North America. Allen is the author of <a href="http://allenwhite.org/exponential-groups-book/">Exponential Groups: Unleashing Your Church's Potential</a>.</p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>church groups, church small groups, bible study, author interviews, how to do church, how to do small groups, community groups, group leadership, bible leadership, how to read the bible</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Mental Health – Can Anyone be in a Small Group? w/ Dr. David Wang</title>
      <itunes:episode>60</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>60</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>Mental Health – Can Anyone be in a Small Group? w/ Dr. David Wang</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">76032593-273e-42c8-9b1d-d9861e340151</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/e7e34019</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p><strong>Promo: Making Time<br></strong><br>You have the same 24 hours in your day as the most accomplished people in the world. So why doesn't it feel that way? Follow along on this special 6 episode series as we take a look at how to make more time. By following biblical principles and taking a look at what you really want, Making Time shares the secret to having all the time you need... with a little help from some friends.</p><p>Learn more and download group guides at <a href="https://lumivoz.com/making-time/">https://lumivoz.com/making-time/</a></p><p>For questions, comments, or sharing your tips on how to make more time, reach out to <a href="mailto:makingtime@lumivoz.com">makingtime@lumivoz.com</a></p><p>------------------------------------------------------------------------------</p><br><p>Dr. David Wang is a licensed psychologist and associate professor of psychology and pastoral counseling at the Rosemead School of Psychology, at Biola University. He is the editor of the <em>Journal of Psychology and Theology </em>and serves on the editorial board for <em>Spirituality in Clinical Practice</em> (an APA journal). He also leads research funded by the John Templeton Foundation and the Lilly Foundation investigating the spiritual and character/virtue development of seminary students. Dr. Wang teaches and speaks internationally, maintains a small clinical practice in Fullerton, CA and is the pastor of spiritual formation at <a href="https://www.onelifecitychurch.org/">One Life City Church</a></p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p><strong>Promo: Making Time<br></strong><br>You have the same 24 hours in your day as the most accomplished people in the world. So why doesn't it feel that way? Follow along on this special 6 episode series as we take a look at how to make more time. By following biblical principles and taking a look at what you really want, Making Time shares the secret to having all the time you need... with a little help from some friends.</p><p>Learn more and download group guides at <a href="https://lumivoz.com/making-time/">https://lumivoz.com/making-time/</a></p><p>For questions, comments, or sharing your tips on how to make more time, reach out to <a href="mailto:makingtime@lumivoz.com">makingtime@lumivoz.com</a></p><p>------------------------------------------------------------------------------</p><br><p>Dr. David Wang is a licensed psychologist and associate professor of psychology and pastoral counseling at the Rosemead School of Psychology, at Biola University. He is the editor of the <em>Journal of Psychology and Theology </em>and serves on the editorial board for <em>Spirituality in Clinical Practice</em> (an APA journal). He also leads research funded by the John Templeton Foundation and the Lilly Foundation investigating the spiritual and character/virtue development of seminary students. Dr. Wang teaches and speaks internationally, maintains a small clinical practice in Fullerton, CA and is the pastor of spiritual formation at <a href="https://www.onelifecitychurch.org/">One Life City Church</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Wed, 13 Sep 2023 04:00:00 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Carolyn Taketa | Lumivoz</author>
      <enclosure url="https://op3.dev/e/dts.podtrac.com/redirect.mp3/media.transistor.fm/e7e34019/7ef4a3f9.mp3" length="110207101" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Carolyn Taketa | Lumivoz</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://img.transistor.fm/2aIToqPM6_5WROp-wHIetvY2dl8VSzbaftq50yj0x-s/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:1400/h:1400/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS9lcGlz/b2RlLzE0OTA1NzAv/MTY5MzkzMzU2MS1h/cnR3b3JrLmpwZw.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>3346</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p><strong>Promo: Making Time<br></strong><br>You have the same 24 hours in your day as the most accomplished people in the world. So why doesn't it feel that way? Follow along on this special 6 episode series as we take a look at how to make more time. By following biblical principles and taking a look at what you really want, Making Time shares the secret to having all the time you need... with a little help from some friends.</p><p>Learn more and download group guides at <a href="https://lumivoz.com/making-time/">https://lumivoz.com/making-time/</a></p><p>For questions, comments, or sharing your tips on how to make more time, reach out to <a href="mailto:makingtime@lumivoz.com">makingtime@lumivoz.com</a></p><p>------------------------------------------------------------------------------</p><br><p>Dr. David Wang is a licensed psychologist and associate professor of psychology and pastoral counseling at the Rosemead School of Psychology, at Biola University. He is the editor of the <em>Journal of Psychology and Theology </em>and serves on the editorial board for <em>Spirituality in Clinical Practice</em> (an APA journal). He also leads research funded by the John Templeton Foundation and the Lilly Foundation investigating the spiritual and character/virtue development of seminary students. Dr. Wang teaches and speaks internationally, maintains a small clinical practice in Fullerton, CA and is the pastor of spiritual formation at <a href="https://www.onelifecitychurch.org/">One Life City Church</a></p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>church groups, church small groups, bible study, author interviews, how to do church, how to do small groups, community groups, group leadership, bible leadership, how to read the bible</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Increasing Evangelism in Small Groups w/ Joel Comiskey</title>
      <itunes:episode>59</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>59</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>Increasing Evangelism in Small Groups w/ Joel Comiskey</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">1b35ae61-ac4f-4e0b-9ec2-e3416bdf4227</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/b5625812</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p><strong>Promo: Making Time<br></strong><br>You have the same 24 hours in your day as the most accomplished people in the world. So why doesn't it feel that way? Follow along on this special 6 episode series as we take a look at how to make more time. By following biblical principles and taking a look at what you really want, Making Time shares the secret to having all the time you need... with a little help from some friends.</p><p>Learn more and download group guides at <a href="https://lumivoz.com/making-time/">https://lumivoz.com/making-time/</a></p><p>For questions, comments, or sharing your tips on how to make more time, reach out to <a href="mailto:makingtime@lumivoz.com">makingtime@lumivoz.com</a></p><p>------------------------------------------------------------------------------</p><br><p>Since evangelism is critical part of discipleship, it is typically a high value for our churches. However, practically speaking, many of our groups do not engage regularly in intentional outreach to nonbelievers. In this episode with Joel Comiskey, we focus on why evangelism helps small groups thrive and how we can empower groups to engage in relational evangelism.</p><p>Joel is the founder of Joel Comiskey Group and has written numerous books on cell groups-based churches. Joel consults with churches, coaches pastors in small group ministries around the world, and actively leads a life-giving small group. Joel recently published a book with co-author Jim Egli titled, “Groups that Thrive: 8 Surprising Discoveries About Life Giving Small Groups.”</p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p><strong>Promo: Making Time<br></strong><br>You have the same 24 hours in your day as the most accomplished people in the world. So why doesn't it feel that way? Follow along on this special 6 episode series as we take a look at how to make more time. By following biblical principles and taking a look at what you really want, Making Time shares the secret to having all the time you need... with a little help from some friends.</p><p>Learn more and download group guides at <a href="https://lumivoz.com/making-time/">https://lumivoz.com/making-time/</a></p><p>For questions, comments, or sharing your tips on how to make more time, reach out to <a href="mailto:makingtime@lumivoz.com">makingtime@lumivoz.com</a></p><p>------------------------------------------------------------------------------</p><br><p>Since evangelism is critical part of discipleship, it is typically a high value for our churches. However, practically speaking, many of our groups do not engage regularly in intentional outreach to nonbelievers. In this episode with Joel Comiskey, we focus on why evangelism helps small groups thrive and how we can empower groups to engage in relational evangelism.</p><p>Joel is the founder of Joel Comiskey Group and has written numerous books on cell groups-based churches. Joel consults with churches, coaches pastors in small group ministries around the world, and actively leads a life-giving small group. Joel recently published a book with co-author Jim Egli titled, “Groups that Thrive: 8 Surprising Discoveries About Life Giving Small Groups.”</p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Wed, 06 Sep 2023 04:00:00 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Carolyn Taketa | Lumivoz</author>
      <enclosure url="https://op3.dev/e/dts.podtrac.com/redirect.mp3/media.transistor.fm/b5625812/0682d43e.mp3" length="62006730" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Carolyn Taketa | Lumivoz</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://img.transistor.fm/UgyJm9qtYj9tDU-EIa79jNtzBpzOvrQTHgWxNxtNn50/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:1400/h:1400/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS9lcGlz/b2RlLzE0OTA1Njcv/MTY5MzkzMzQ5OC1h/cnR3b3JrLmpwZw.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>1907</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p><strong>Promo: Making Time<br></strong><br>You have the same 24 hours in your day as the most accomplished people in the world. So why doesn't it feel that way? Follow along on this special 6 episode series as we take a look at how to make more time. By following biblical principles and taking a look at what you really want, Making Time shares the secret to having all the time you need... with a little help from some friends.</p><p>Learn more and download group guides at <a href="https://lumivoz.com/making-time/">https://lumivoz.com/making-time/</a></p><p>For questions, comments, or sharing your tips on how to make more time, reach out to <a href="mailto:makingtime@lumivoz.com">makingtime@lumivoz.com</a></p><p>------------------------------------------------------------------------------</p><br><p>Since evangelism is critical part of discipleship, it is typically a high value for our churches. However, practically speaking, many of our groups do not engage regularly in intentional outreach to nonbelievers. In this episode with Joel Comiskey, we focus on why evangelism helps small groups thrive and how we can empower groups to engage in relational evangelism.</p><p>Joel is the founder of Joel Comiskey Group and has written numerous books on cell groups-based churches. Joel consults with churches, coaches pastors in small group ministries around the world, and actively leads a life-giving small group. Joel recently published a book with co-author Jim Egli titled, “Groups that Thrive: 8 Surprising Discoveries About Life Giving Small Groups.”</p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>church groups, church small groups, bible study, author interviews, how to do church, how to do small groups, community groups, group leadership, bible leadership, how to read the bible</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Carl George: The Past, Present &amp; Future of Small Groups Ministry</title>
      <itunes:episode>58</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>58</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>Carl George: The Past, Present &amp; Future of Small Groups Ministry</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">eddff7a4-7e22-4fe4-97aa-a3249dc0b79c</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/0f933c54</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p><strong>Promo: Making Time<br></strong><br>You have the same 24 hours in your day as the most accomplished people in the world. So why doesn't it feel that way? Follow along on this special 6 episode series as we take a look at how to make more time. By following biblical principles and taking a look at what you really want, Making Time shares the secret to having all the time you need... with a little help from some friends.</p><p>Learn more and download group guides at <a href="https://lumivoz.com/making-time/">https://lumivoz.com/making-time/</a></p><p>For questions, comments, or sharing your tips on how to make more time, reach out to <a href="mailto:makingtime@lumivoz.com">makingtime@lumivoz.com</a></p><p>------------------------------------------------------------------------------</p><br><p>Pioneer of small groups ministry in the United States, Carl George has been an influential voice in churches for decades. Here, Carl shares his thoughts on the small groups movement over the years including trends, concerns, and the future of small groups ministry in the current cultural context.  Carl George, an internationally recognized church consultant, has helped congregations and leaders in over 100 denominations to increase their effectiveness. An experienced Pastor, Church Growth Institute director, and author, Carl has guided small group ministry design in many influential churches. Just click the play button at the top of this post to enjoy this insightful discussion! </p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p><strong>Promo: Making Time<br></strong><br>You have the same 24 hours in your day as the most accomplished people in the world. So why doesn't it feel that way? Follow along on this special 6 episode series as we take a look at how to make more time. By following biblical principles and taking a look at what you really want, Making Time shares the secret to having all the time you need... with a little help from some friends.</p><p>Learn more and download group guides at <a href="https://lumivoz.com/making-time/">https://lumivoz.com/making-time/</a></p><p>For questions, comments, or sharing your tips on how to make more time, reach out to <a href="mailto:makingtime@lumivoz.com">makingtime@lumivoz.com</a></p><p>------------------------------------------------------------------------------</p><br><p>Pioneer of small groups ministry in the United States, Carl George has been an influential voice in churches for decades. Here, Carl shares his thoughts on the small groups movement over the years including trends, concerns, and the future of small groups ministry in the current cultural context.  Carl George, an internationally recognized church consultant, has helped congregations and leaders in over 100 denominations to increase their effectiveness. An experienced Pastor, Church Growth Institute director, and author, Carl has guided small group ministry design in many influential churches. Just click the play button at the top of this post to enjoy this insightful discussion! </p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Wed, 30 Aug 2023 04:00:00 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Carolyn Taketa | Lumivoz</author>
      <enclosure url="https://op3.dev/e/dts.podtrac.com/redirect.mp3/media.transistor.fm/0f933c54/cbdab7b2.mp3" length="62657886" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Carolyn Taketa | Lumivoz</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://img.transistor.fm/trkm7ts0FdDtstwFBfVpCKapaJnr0ZFyeuHuoEx6fHg/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:1400/h:1400/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS9lcGlz/b2RlLzE0ODIyMTcv/MTY5MzM2NDg2MS1h/cnR3b3JrLmpwZw.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>1926</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p><strong>Promo: Making Time<br></strong><br>You have the same 24 hours in your day as the most accomplished people in the world. So why doesn't it feel that way? Follow along on this special 6 episode series as we take a look at how to make more time. By following biblical principles and taking a look at what you really want, Making Time shares the secret to having all the time you need... with a little help from some friends.</p><p>Learn more and download group guides at <a href="https://lumivoz.com/making-time/">https://lumivoz.com/making-time/</a></p><p>For questions, comments, or sharing your tips on how to make more time, reach out to <a href="mailto:makingtime@lumivoz.com">makingtime@lumivoz.com</a></p><p>------------------------------------------------------------------------------</p><br><p>Pioneer of small groups ministry in the United States, Carl George has been an influential voice in churches for decades. Here, Carl shares his thoughts on the small groups movement over the years including trends, concerns, and the future of small groups ministry in the current cultural context.  Carl George, an internationally recognized church consultant, has helped congregations and leaders in over 100 denominations to increase their effectiveness. An experienced Pastor, Church Growth Institute director, and author, Carl has guided small group ministry design in many influential churches. Just click the play button at the top of this post to enjoy this insightful discussion! </p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>church groups, church small groups, bible study, author interviews, how to do church, how to do small groups, community groups, group leadership, bible leadership, how to read the bible</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>What Should Groups Study? w/ Chris Surratt</title>
      <itunes:episode>57</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>57</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>What Should Groups Study? w/ Chris Surratt</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">fb1ce620-b153-4ece-9645-f08305efa867</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/f3248a25</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p><strong>Promo: Making Time<br></strong><br>You have the same 24 hours in your day as the most accomplished people in the world. So why doesn't it feel that way? Follow along on this special 6 episode series as we take a look at how to make more time. By following biblical principles and taking a look at what you really want, Making Time shares the secret to having all the time you need... with a little help from some friends.</p><p>Learn more and download group guides at <a href="https://lumivoz.com/making-time/">https://lumivoz.com/making-time/</a></p><p>For questions, comments, or sharing your tips on how to make more time, reach out to <a href="mailto:makingtime@lumivoz.com">makingtime@lumivoz.com</a></p><p>------------------------------------------------------------------------------</p><br><p>Topic: A question we frequently field from our small group leaders is, "What should we study?" There is an overwhelming range of materials and topics to choose from and it is critical to choose curriculum wisely. What a group chooses to study has a significant impact on group dynamics and spiritual growth. On this podcast, we discuss some issues to consider when choosing small group curriculum.</p><p>Guest: Chris Surratt</p><p>Chris Surratt is a ministry consultant and coach with more than 24 years of experience serving the local church. Chris served on the Executive Team at Cross Point Church in Nashville, Tennessee, and Seacoast Church in Charleston, South Carolina, prior to becoming the Discipleship and Small Group Specialist for LifeWay Christian Resources.  <a href="http://chrissurratt.com/">chrissurratt.com</a>.</p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p><strong>Promo: Making Time<br></strong><br>You have the same 24 hours in your day as the most accomplished people in the world. So why doesn't it feel that way? Follow along on this special 6 episode series as we take a look at how to make more time. By following biblical principles and taking a look at what you really want, Making Time shares the secret to having all the time you need... with a little help from some friends.</p><p>Learn more and download group guides at <a href="https://lumivoz.com/making-time/">https://lumivoz.com/making-time/</a></p><p>For questions, comments, or sharing your tips on how to make more time, reach out to <a href="mailto:makingtime@lumivoz.com">makingtime@lumivoz.com</a></p><p>------------------------------------------------------------------------------</p><br><p>Topic: A question we frequently field from our small group leaders is, "What should we study?" There is an overwhelming range of materials and topics to choose from and it is critical to choose curriculum wisely. What a group chooses to study has a significant impact on group dynamics and spiritual growth. On this podcast, we discuss some issues to consider when choosing small group curriculum.</p><p>Guest: Chris Surratt</p><p>Chris Surratt is a ministry consultant and coach with more than 24 years of experience serving the local church. Chris served on the Executive Team at Cross Point Church in Nashville, Tennessee, and Seacoast Church in Charleston, South Carolina, prior to becoming the Discipleship and Small Group Specialist for LifeWay Christian Resources.  <a href="http://chrissurratt.com/">chrissurratt.com</a>.</p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Wed, 23 Aug 2023 04:00:00 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Carolyn Taketa | Lumivoz</author>
      <enclosure url="https://op3.dev/e/dts.podtrac.com/redirect.mp3/media.transistor.fm/f3248a25/04adc37b.mp3" length="61319816" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Carolyn Taketa | Lumivoz</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://img.transistor.fm/e51pp5S4JhMqc46-Xbc6RLy2OVOtayc7OzGiYLXeh5g/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:1400/h:1400/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS9lcGlz/b2RlLzE0NzAyNzkv/MTY5Mjc1OTcwNS1h/cnR3b3JrLmpwZw.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>1878</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p><strong>Promo: Making Time<br></strong><br>You have the same 24 hours in your day as the most accomplished people in the world. So why doesn't it feel that way? Follow along on this special 6 episode series as we take a look at how to make more time. By following biblical principles and taking a look at what you really want, Making Time shares the secret to having all the time you need... with a little help from some friends.</p><p>Learn more and download group guides at <a href="https://lumivoz.com/making-time/">https://lumivoz.com/making-time/</a></p><p>For questions, comments, or sharing your tips on how to make more time, reach out to <a href="mailto:makingtime@lumivoz.com">makingtime@lumivoz.com</a></p><p>------------------------------------------------------------------------------</p><br><p>Topic: A question we frequently field from our small group leaders is, "What should we study?" There is an overwhelming range of materials and topics to choose from and it is critical to choose curriculum wisely. What a group chooses to study has a significant impact on group dynamics and spiritual growth. On this podcast, we discuss some issues to consider when choosing small group curriculum.</p><p>Guest: Chris Surratt</p><p>Chris Surratt is a ministry consultant and coach with more than 24 years of experience serving the local church. Chris served on the Executive Team at Cross Point Church in Nashville, Tennessee, and Seacoast Church in Charleston, South Carolina, prior to becoming the Discipleship and Small Group Specialist for LifeWay Christian Resources.  <a href="http://chrissurratt.com/">chrissurratt.com</a>.</p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>church groups, church small groups, bible study, author interviews, how to do church, how to do small groups, community groups, group leadership, bible leadership, how to read the bible</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Digital Disciple Making</title>
      <itunes:episode>56</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>56</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>Digital Disciple Making</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">8c3d3c81-714d-4b47-9b02-019e31f41b36</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/0e98fed1</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p><strong>Promo: Making Time<br></strong><br>You have the same 24 hours in your day as the most accomplished people in the world. So why doesn't it feel that way? Follow along on this special 6 episode series as we take a look at how to make more time. By following biblical principles and taking a look at what you really want, Making Time shares the secret to having all the time you need... with a little help from some friends.</p><p>Learn more and download group guides at <a href="https://lumivoz.com/making-time/">https://lumivoz.com/making-time/</a></p><p>For questions, comments, or sharing your tips on how to make more time, reach out to <a href="mailto:makingtime@lumivoz.com">makingtime@lumivoz.com</a></p><p>------------------------------------------------------------------------------</p><br><p>Since 2017, Bart has been serving at Traders Point Christian Church, a multi-site congregation in Indianapolis, IN with 5 campuses, as their Lead Groups Minister, Campus Pastor for their 2000+ site, and on their Leadership Team. Prior to that, he ministered for 12 years as a Discipleship and Teaching pastor in Northern Indiana. Bart has served in smaller, midsize churches with Sunday school models as well as small groups and is now at a church of 10K+ with 450 small groups. He’s also a certified life coach and trained in 3DM discipleship ministry.   </p><p>Show Notes:    </p><p>Traders Point Christian Church Resources </p><p><a href="https://tpcc.org/"> https://tpcc.org/</a></p><p><a href="https://tpcc.org/group-leaders"> https://tpcc.org/group-leaders</a></p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p><strong>Promo: Making Time<br></strong><br>You have the same 24 hours in your day as the most accomplished people in the world. So why doesn't it feel that way? Follow along on this special 6 episode series as we take a look at how to make more time. By following biblical principles and taking a look at what you really want, Making Time shares the secret to having all the time you need... with a little help from some friends.</p><p>Learn more and download group guides at <a href="https://lumivoz.com/making-time/">https://lumivoz.com/making-time/</a></p><p>For questions, comments, or sharing your tips on how to make more time, reach out to <a href="mailto:makingtime@lumivoz.com">makingtime@lumivoz.com</a></p><p>------------------------------------------------------------------------------</p><br><p>Since 2017, Bart has been serving at Traders Point Christian Church, a multi-site congregation in Indianapolis, IN with 5 campuses, as their Lead Groups Minister, Campus Pastor for their 2000+ site, and on their Leadership Team. Prior to that, he ministered for 12 years as a Discipleship and Teaching pastor in Northern Indiana. Bart has served in smaller, midsize churches with Sunday school models as well as small groups and is now at a church of 10K+ with 450 small groups. He’s also a certified life coach and trained in 3DM discipleship ministry.   </p><p>Show Notes:    </p><p>Traders Point Christian Church Resources </p><p><a href="https://tpcc.org/"> https://tpcc.org/</a></p><p><a href="https://tpcc.org/group-leaders"> https://tpcc.org/group-leaders</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Wed, 16 Aug 2023 04:00:00 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Carolyn Taketa | Lumivoz</author>
      <enclosure url="https://op3.dev/e/dts.podtrac.com/redirect.mp3/media.transistor.fm/0e98fed1/58231e84.mp3" length="77421812" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Carolyn Taketa | Lumivoz</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://img.transistor.fm/ukHBOaL09gQmfkjipZUOG_HltyVRQ543fbhdaLUMHyI/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:1400/h:1400/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS9lcGlz/b2RlLzE0NjE5ODIv/MTY5MjEyMzU2OS1h/cnR3b3JrLmpwZw.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>2357</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p><strong>Promo: Making Time<br></strong><br>You have the same 24 hours in your day as the most accomplished people in the world. So why doesn't it feel that way? Follow along on this special 6 episode series as we take a look at how to make more time. By following biblical principles and taking a look at what you really want, Making Time shares the secret to having all the time you need... with a little help from some friends.</p><p>Learn more and download group guides at <a href="https://lumivoz.com/making-time/">https://lumivoz.com/making-time/</a></p><p>For questions, comments, or sharing your tips on how to make more time, reach out to <a href="mailto:makingtime@lumivoz.com">makingtime@lumivoz.com</a></p><p>------------------------------------------------------------------------------</p><br><p>Since 2017, Bart has been serving at Traders Point Christian Church, a multi-site congregation in Indianapolis, IN with 5 campuses, as their Lead Groups Minister, Campus Pastor for their 2000+ site, and on their Leadership Team. Prior to that, he ministered for 12 years as a Discipleship and Teaching pastor in Northern Indiana. Bart has served in smaller, midsize churches with Sunday school models as well as small groups and is now at a church of 10K+ with 450 small groups. He’s also a certified life coach and trained in 3DM discipleship ministry.   </p><p>Show Notes:    </p><p>Traders Point Christian Church Resources </p><p><a href="https://tpcc.org/"> https://tpcc.org/</a></p><p><a href="https://tpcc.org/group-leaders"> https://tpcc.org/group-leaders</a></p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>church groups, church small groups, bible study, author interviews, how to do church, how to do small groups, community groups, group leadership, bible leadership, how to read the bible</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>7 Childcare Solutions for Small Groups w/ Derek Olson</title>
      <itunes:episode>55</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>55</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>7 Childcare Solutions for Small Groups w/ Derek Olson</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">218b759f-3842-4f81-ae84-d06267848a34</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/e3af85e4</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p><strong>Promo: Making Time<br></strong><br>You have the same 24 hours in your day as the most accomplished people in the world. So why doesn't it feel that way? Follow along on this special 6 episode series as we take a look at how to make more time. By following biblical principles and taking a look at what you really want, Making Time shares the secret to having all the time you need... with a little help from some friends.</p><p>Learn more and download group guides at <a href="https://lumivoz.com/making-time/">https://lumivoz.com/making-time/</a></p><p>For questions, comments, or sharing your tips on how to make more time, reach out to <a href="mailto:makingtime@lumivoz.com">makingtime@lumivoz.com</a></p><p>------------------------------------------------------------------------------</p><br><p>We're going back to 2019 for this episode! Join Carolyn as she talks with Derek Olson on the challenges of childcare in small group ministries.</p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p><strong>Promo: Making Time<br></strong><br>You have the same 24 hours in your day as the most accomplished people in the world. So why doesn't it feel that way? Follow along on this special 6 episode series as we take a look at how to make more time. By following biblical principles and taking a look at what you really want, Making Time shares the secret to having all the time you need... with a little help from some friends.</p><p>Learn more and download group guides at <a href="https://lumivoz.com/making-time/">https://lumivoz.com/making-time/</a></p><p>For questions, comments, or sharing your tips on how to make more time, reach out to <a href="mailto:makingtime@lumivoz.com">makingtime@lumivoz.com</a></p><p>------------------------------------------------------------------------------</p><br><p>We're going back to 2019 for this episode! Join Carolyn as she talks with Derek Olson on the challenges of childcare in small group ministries.</p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Wed, 09 Aug 2023 04:00:00 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Carolyn Taketa | Lumivoz</author>
      <enclosure url="https://op3.dev/e/dts.podtrac.com/redirect.mp3/media.transistor.fm/e3af85e4/2e44ffd9.mp3" length="79432118" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Carolyn Taketa | Lumivoz</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://img.transistor.fm/cehJxjrhhcKJqGsOLrlNo-X2dxvOC7DRCUBN6GR4C3U/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:1400/h:1400/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS9lcGlz/b2RlLzE0NTMzNDMv/MTY5MTUxNDE3Ni1h/cnR3b3JrLmpwZw.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>2431</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p><strong>Promo: Making Time<br></strong><br>You have the same 24 hours in your day as the most accomplished people in the world. So why doesn't it feel that way? Follow along on this special 6 episode series as we take a look at how to make more time. By following biblical principles and taking a look at what you really want, Making Time shares the secret to having all the time you need... with a little help from some friends.</p><p>Learn more and download group guides at <a href="https://lumivoz.com/making-time/">https://lumivoz.com/making-time/</a></p><p>For questions, comments, or sharing your tips on how to make more time, reach out to <a href="mailto:makingtime@lumivoz.com">makingtime@lumivoz.com</a></p><p>------------------------------------------------------------------------------</p><br><p>We're going back to 2019 for this episode! Join Carolyn as she talks with Derek Olson on the challenges of childcare in small group ministries.</p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>church groups, church small groups, bible study, author interviews, how to do church, how to do small groups, community groups, group leadership, bible leadership, how to read the bible</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Bi-vocational Pastors and Why You Want Them in Your Groups Ministry</title>
      <itunes:episode>54</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>54</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>Bi-vocational Pastors and Why You Want Them in Your Groups Ministry</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">896ce19b-f9e4-4bd2-8f68-cb6ea20c5b65</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/54de1029</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p><strong>Promo: Making Time<br></strong><br>You have the same 24 hours in your day as the most accomplished people in the world. So why doesn't it feel that way? Follow along on this special 6 episode series as we take a look at how to make more time. By following biblical principles and taking a look at what you really want, Making Time shares the secret to having all the time you need... with a little help from some friends.</p><p>Learn more and download group guides at <a href="https://lumivoz.com/making-time/">https://lumivoz.com/making-time/</a></p><p>For questions, comments, or sharing your tips on how to make more time, reach out to <a href="mailto:makingtime@lumivoz.com">makingtime@lumivoz.com</a></p><p>------------------------------------------------------------------------------</p><br><p>Since 2014, Peter Clow has served as a bi-vocational Discipleship Pastor at Emmanuel Baptist Church in New Hampshire. He oversees the small groups ministry and also serves on the Senior Leadership Pastoral team, assisting in the teaching and preaching, and in the growth and vision of the church. Peter is an Air Force veteran who works full-time for BAE Systems, a leading defense and aerospace company as a manufacturing supervisor. Since 2018, Peter has been involved with the Small Group Network as a blogger and is currently the SGN NH State Leader.  </p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p><strong>Promo: Making Time<br></strong><br>You have the same 24 hours in your day as the most accomplished people in the world. So why doesn't it feel that way? Follow along on this special 6 episode series as we take a look at how to make more time. By following biblical principles and taking a look at what you really want, Making Time shares the secret to having all the time you need... with a little help from some friends.</p><p>Learn more and download group guides at <a href="https://lumivoz.com/making-time/">https://lumivoz.com/making-time/</a></p><p>For questions, comments, or sharing your tips on how to make more time, reach out to <a href="mailto:makingtime@lumivoz.com">makingtime@lumivoz.com</a></p><p>------------------------------------------------------------------------------</p><br><p>Since 2014, Peter Clow has served as a bi-vocational Discipleship Pastor at Emmanuel Baptist Church in New Hampshire. He oversees the small groups ministry and also serves on the Senior Leadership Pastoral team, assisting in the teaching and preaching, and in the growth and vision of the church. Peter is an Air Force veteran who works full-time for BAE Systems, a leading defense and aerospace company as a manufacturing supervisor. Since 2018, Peter has been involved with the Small Group Network as a blogger and is currently the SGN NH State Leader.  </p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Wed, 02 Aug 2023 04:00:00 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Carolyn Taketa | Lumivoz</author>
      <enclosure url="https://op3.dev/e/dts.podtrac.com/redirect.mp3/media.transistor.fm/54de1029/72f7492b.mp3" length="72761458" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Carolyn Taketa | Lumivoz</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://img.transistor.fm/-7izBp2M1-hcnZy6kWDqGF6uiiPJRBc1wA2Yr61MkTw/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:1400/h:1400/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS9lcGlz/b2RlLzE0NDMxNTcv/MTY5MDkzMjU0MC1h/cnR3b3JrLmpwZw.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>2213</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p><strong>Promo: Making Time<br></strong><br>You have the same 24 hours in your day as the most accomplished people in the world. So why doesn't it feel that way? Follow along on this special 6 episode series as we take a look at how to make more time. By following biblical principles and taking a look at what you really want, Making Time shares the secret to having all the time you need... with a little help from some friends.</p><p>Learn more and download group guides at <a href="https://lumivoz.com/making-time/">https://lumivoz.com/making-time/</a></p><p>For questions, comments, or sharing your tips on how to make more time, reach out to <a href="mailto:makingtime@lumivoz.com">makingtime@lumivoz.com</a></p><p>------------------------------------------------------------------------------</p><br><p>Since 2014, Peter Clow has served as a bi-vocational Discipleship Pastor at Emmanuel Baptist Church in New Hampshire. He oversees the small groups ministry and also serves on the Senior Leadership Pastoral team, assisting in the teaching and preaching, and in the growth and vision of the church. Peter is an Air Force veteran who works full-time for BAE Systems, a leading defense and aerospace company as a manufacturing supervisor. Since 2018, Peter has been involved with the Small Group Network as a blogger and is currently the SGN NH State Leader.  </p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>church groups, church small groups, bible study, author interviews, how to do church, how to do small groups, community groups, group leadership, bible leadership, how to read the bible</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Why Churches Need Support &amp; Recovery Groups w/ Greg Anderson</title>
      <itunes:episode>53</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>53</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>Why Churches Need Support &amp; Recovery Groups w/ Greg Anderson</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">33a958ee-bdcd-4a1b-ba5c-21e1e2815a7f</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/9e079a70</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p><strong>Promo: Making Time<br></strong><br>You have the same 24 hours in your day as the most accomplished people in the world. So why doesn't it feel that way? Follow along on this special 6 episode series as we take a look at how to make more time. By following biblical principles and taking a look at what you really want, Making Time shares the secret to having all the time you need... with a little help from some friends.</p><p>Learn more and download group guides at <a href="https://lumivoz.com/making-time/">https://lumivoz.com/making-time/</a></p><p>For questions, comments, or sharing your tips on how to make more time, reach out to <a href="mailto:makingtime@lumivoz.com">makingtime@lumivoz.com</a></p><p>------------------------------------------------------------------------------</p><br><p>Guest: Greg Anderson</p><p>Greg is originally from Myrtle Beach, South Carolina and has been in full-time church-based ministry since 1996 as a small group pastor, most recently at Calvary Chapel Fort Lauderdale. He has been involved with SGN from the early days of its launch, and currently serves as the Southeast Regional Representative for the Small Group Network. Greg is currently on staff with The Fellowship of Christian Athletes in Palm Beach County Florida.</p><p> </p><p>Along with beginning a recovery ministry at his church in South Carolina, He also has served as the National Training Coach for Celebrate Recovery in 2002, southeast regional director in 2003, and eventually became the first National Director for Celebrate Recovery in 2004. </p><p> </p><p>SHOW NOTES </p><p><br>Reach Greg via email:  </p><p><a href="mailto:ganderson@fca.org">ganderson@fca.org</a>  Greg's website for Men's recovery group: <a href="http://mysafegroup.org/">mysafegroup.org</a>   </p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p><strong>Promo: Making Time<br></strong><br>You have the same 24 hours in your day as the most accomplished people in the world. So why doesn't it feel that way? Follow along on this special 6 episode series as we take a look at how to make more time. By following biblical principles and taking a look at what you really want, Making Time shares the secret to having all the time you need... with a little help from some friends.</p><p>Learn more and download group guides at <a href="https://lumivoz.com/making-time/">https://lumivoz.com/making-time/</a></p><p>For questions, comments, or sharing your tips on how to make more time, reach out to <a href="mailto:makingtime@lumivoz.com">makingtime@lumivoz.com</a></p><p>------------------------------------------------------------------------------</p><br><p>Guest: Greg Anderson</p><p>Greg is originally from Myrtle Beach, South Carolina and has been in full-time church-based ministry since 1996 as a small group pastor, most recently at Calvary Chapel Fort Lauderdale. He has been involved with SGN from the early days of its launch, and currently serves as the Southeast Regional Representative for the Small Group Network. Greg is currently on staff with The Fellowship of Christian Athletes in Palm Beach County Florida.</p><p> </p><p>Along with beginning a recovery ministry at his church in South Carolina, He also has served as the National Training Coach for Celebrate Recovery in 2002, southeast regional director in 2003, and eventually became the first National Director for Celebrate Recovery in 2004. </p><p> </p><p>SHOW NOTES </p><p><br>Reach Greg via email:  </p><p><a href="mailto:ganderson@fca.org">ganderson@fca.org</a>  Greg's website for Men's recovery group: <a href="http://mysafegroup.org/">mysafegroup.org</a>   </p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Wed, 26 Jul 2023 04:00:00 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Carolyn Taketa | Lumivoz</author>
      <enclosure url="https://op3.dev/e/dts.podtrac.com/redirect.mp3/media.transistor.fm/9e079a70/7480fe34.mp3" length="79862509" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Carolyn Taketa | Lumivoz</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>2441</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p><strong>Promo: Making Time<br></strong><br>You have the same 24 hours in your day as the most accomplished people in the world. So why doesn't it feel that way? Follow along on this special 6 episode series as we take a look at how to make more time. By following biblical principles and taking a look at what you really want, Making Time shares the secret to having all the time you need... with a little help from some friends.</p><p>Learn more and download group guides at <a href="https://lumivoz.com/making-time/">https://lumivoz.com/making-time/</a></p><p>For questions, comments, or sharing your tips on how to make more time, reach out to <a href="mailto:makingtime@lumivoz.com">makingtime@lumivoz.com</a></p><p>------------------------------------------------------------------------------</p><br><p>Guest: Greg Anderson</p><p>Greg is originally from Myrtle Beach, South Carolina and has been in full-time church-based ministry since 1996 as a small group pastor, most recently at Calvary Chapel Fort Lauderdale. He has been involved with SGN from the early days of its launch, and currently serves as the Southeast Regional Representative for the Small Group Network. Greg is currently on staff with The Fellowship of Christian Athletes in Palm Beach County Florida.</p><p> </p><p>Along with beginning a recovery ministry at his church in South Carolina, He also has served as the National Training Coach for Celebrate Recovery in 2002, southeast regional director in 2003, and eventually became the first National Director for Celebrate Recovery in 2004. </p><p> </p><p>SHOW NOTES </p><p><br>Reach Greg via email:  </p><p><a href="mailto:ganderson@fca.org">ganderson@fca.org</a>  Greg's website for Men's recovery group: <a href="http://mysafegroup.org/">mysafegroup.org</a>   </p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>church groups, church small groups, bible study, author interviews, how to do church, how to do small groups, community groups, group leadership, bible leadership, how to read the bible</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Identifying and Recruiting New Leaders</title>
      <itunes:episode>52</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>52</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>Identifying and Recruiting New Leaders</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">a40e6371-698e-45ec-9e5c-6a75a1a331cb</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/fd9e17ba</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p><strong>Promo: Making Time<br></strong><br>You have the same 24 hours in your day as the most accomplished people in the world. So why doesn't it feel that way? Follow along on this special 6 episode series as we take a look at how to make more time. By following biblical principles and taking a look at what you really want, Making Time shares the secret to having all the time you need... with a little help from some friends.</p><p>Learn more and download group guides at <a href="https://lumivoz.com/making-time/">https://lumivoz.com/making-time/</a></p><p>For questions, comments, or sharing your tips on how to make more time, reach out to <a href="mailto:makingtime@lumivoz.com">makingtime@lumivoz.com</a></p><p>------------------------------------------------------------------------------</p><br><p>A panel discussion on how to overcome the typical barriers of getting new leaders, and how to identify, invite, and recruit new people to lead groups. Group Talk Podcast Panelists: Bill Search - Author of "Essential Guide for Small Group Leaders" and "Simple Small Groups" and serves as Executive Pastor of Ministries at Crossings Community Church in Oklahoma City, OK Mark Kendall - Small Groups Pastor at Grace Church in Eden Prairie, MN and also serves as the North Central Regional Leader for the Small Group Network. Tommy Carreras - Tommy oversees care and community at Mission Church in Ventura, CA and helps to lead the Ventura County Small Group Network "Huddle." </p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p><strong>Promo: Making Time<br></strong><br>You have the same 24 hours in your day as the most accomplished people in the world. So why doesn't it feel that way? Follow along on this special 6 episode series as we take a look at how to make more time. By following biblical principles and taking a look at what you really want, Making Time shares the secret to having all the time you need... with a little help from some friends.</p><p>Learn more and download group guides at <a href="https://lumivoz.com/making-time/">https://lumivoz.com/making-time/</a></p><p>For questions, comments, or sharing your tips on how to make more time, reach out to <a href="mailto:makingtime@lumivoz.com">makingtime@lumivoz.com</a></p><p>------------------------------------------------------------------------------</p><br><p>A panel discussion on how to overcome the typical barriers of getting new leaders, and how to identify, invite, and recruit new people to lead groups. Group Talk Podcast Panelists: Bill Search - Author of "Essential Guide for Small Group Leaders" and "Simple Small Groups" and serves as Executive Pastor of Ministries at Crossings Community Church in Oklahoma City, OK Mark Kendall - Small Groups Pastor at Grace Church in Eden Prairie, MN and also serves as the North Central Regional Leader for the Small Group Network. Tommy Carreras - Tommy oversees care and community at Mission Church in Ventura, CA and helps to lead the Ventura County Small Group Network "Huddle." </p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Wed, 19 Jul 2023 04:00:00 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Carolyn Taketa | Lumivoz</author>
      <enclosure url="https://op3.dev/e/dts.podtrac.com/redirect.mp3/media.transistor.fm/fd9e17ba/325becd2.mp3" length="84304478" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Carolyn Taketa | Lumivoz</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>2586</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p><strong>Promo: Making Time<br></strong><br>You have the same 24 hours in your day as the most accomplished people in the world. So why doesn't it feel that way? Follow along on this special 6 episode series as we take a look at how to make more time. By following biblical principles and taking a look at what you really want, Making Time shares the secret to having all the time you need... with a little help from some friends.</p><p>Learn more and download group guides at <a href="https://lumivoz.com/making-time/">https://lumivoz.com/making-time/</a></p><p>For questions, comments, or sharing your tips on how to make more time, reach out to <a href="mailto:makingtime@lumivoz.com">makingtime@lumivoz.com</a></p><p>------------------------------------------------------------------------------</p><br><p>A panel discussion on how to overcome the typical barriers of getting new leaders, and how to identify, invite, and recruit new people to lead groups. Group Talk Podcast Panelists: Bill Search - Author of "Essential Guide for Small Group Leaders" and "Simple Small Groups" and serves as Executive Pastor of Ministries at Crossings Community Church in Oklahoma City, OK Mark Kendall - Small Groups Pastor at Grace Church in Eden Prairie, MN and also serves as the North Central Regional Leader for the Small Group Network. Tommy Carreras - Tommy oversees care and community at Mission Church in Ventura, CA and helps to lead the Ventura County Small Group Network "Huddle." </p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>church groups, church small groups, bible study, author interviews, how to do church, how to do small groups, community groups, group leadership, bible leadership, how to read the bible</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Creating Community: Five Keys to Building a Thriving Small Group Culture</title>
      <itunes:episode>51</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>51</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>Creating Community: Five Keys to Building a Thriving Small Group Culture</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">78784eb0-68e0-4bfe-919a-1e0b7eaef045</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/1f93f19a</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p><strong>Promo: Making Time<br></strong><br>You have the same 24 hours in your day as the most accomplished people in the world. So why doesn't it feel that way? Follow along on this special 6 episode series as we take a look at how to make more time. By following biblical principles and taking a look at what you really want, Making Time shares the secret to having all the time you need... with a little help from some friends.</p><p>Learn more and download group guides at <a href="https://lumivoz.com/making-time/">https://lumivoz.com/making-time/</a></p><p>For questions, comments, or sharing your tips on how to make more time, reach out to <a href="mailto:makingtime@lumivoz.com">makingtime@lumivoz.com</a></p><p>------------------------------------------------------------------------------</p><br><p>A lot has changed since Creating Community, by Andy Stanley and Bill Willits was published 16 years ago describing the North Point Church's vision and strategies for group life. New realities, cultural shifts, technological changes, sociological dynamics, and organizational challenges have caused us to reevaluate our assumptions and strategies about small groups ministries. Listen to Bill share North Point's learnings and how we can adapt strategically and creatively for a thriving small groups ministry today. </p><p> </p><p>Guest: Bill Willits is the Executive Director of Adult Ministry Environments for North Point Ministries (NPM). One of the founding staff members of North Point, Bill is a graduate of Florida State University and Dallas Theological Seminary. He is also the co-author of the book, Creating Community with Andy Stanley, which was re-released in an updated and expanded edition in July, 2021. He and his team have helped connect thousands of adults into the benefits of group life. </p><p> </p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p><strong>Promo: Making Time<br></strong><br>You have the same 24 hours in your day as the most accomplished people in the world. So why doesn't it feel that way? Follow along on this special 6 episode series as we take a look at how to make more time. By following biblical principles and taking a look at what you really want, Making Time shares the secret to having all the time you need... with a little help from some friends.</p><p>Learn more and download group guides at <a href="https://lumivoz.com/making-time/">https://lumivoz.com/making-time/</a></p><p>For questions, comments, or sharing your tips on how to make more time, reach out to <a href="mailto:makingtime@lumivoz.com">makingtime@lumivoz.com</a></p><p>------------------------------------------------------------------------------</p><br><p>A lot has changed since Creating Community, by Andy Stanley and Bill Willits was published 16 years ago describing the North Point Church's vision and strategies for group life. New realities, cultural shifts, technological changes, sociological dynamics, and organizational challenges have caused us to reevaluate our assumptions and strategies about small groups ministries. Listen to Bill share North Point's learnings and how we can adapt strategically and creatively for a thriving small groups ministry today. </p><p> </p><p>Guest: Bill Willits is the Executive Director of Adult Ministry Environments for North Point Ministries (NPM). One of the founding staff members of North Point, Bill is a graduate of Florida State University and Dallas Theological Seminary. He is also the co-author of the book, Creating Community with Andy Stanley, which was re-released in an updated and expanded edition in July, 2021. He and his team have helped connect thousands of adults into the benefits of group life. </p><p> </p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Wed, 12 Jul 2023 04:00:00 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Carolyn Taketa | Lumivoz</author>
      <enclosure url="https://op3.dev/e/dts.podtrac.com/redirect.mp3/media.transistor.fm/1f93f19a/c2d482bb.mp3" length="122249777" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Carolyn Taketa | Lumivoz</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>3736</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p><strong>Promo: Making Time<br></strong><br>You have the same 24 hours in your day as the most accomplished people in the world. So why doesn't it feel that way? Follow along on this special 6 episode series as we take a look at how to make more time. By following biblical principles and taking a look at what you really want, Making Time shares the secret to having all the time you need... with a little help from some friends.</p><p>Learn more and download group guides at <a href="https://lumivoz.com/making-time/">https://lumivoz.com/making-time/</a></p><p>For questions, comments, or sharing your tips on how to make more time, reach out to <a href="mailto:makingtime@lumivoz.com">makingtime@lumivoz.com</a></p><p>------------------------------------------------------------------------------</p><br><p>A lot has changed since Creating Community, by Andy Stanley and Bill Willits was published 16 years ago describing the North Point Church's vision and strategies for group life. New realities, cultural shifts, technological changes, sociological dynamics, and organizational challenges have caused us to reevaluate our assumptions and strategies about small groups ministries. Listen to Bill share North Point's learnings and how we can adapt strategically and creatively for a thriving small groups ministry today. </p><p> </p><p>Guest: Bill Willits is the Executive Director of Adult Ministry Environments for North Point Ministries (NPM). One of the founding staff members of North Point, Bill is a graduate of Florida State University and Dallas Theological Seminary. He is also the co-author of the book, Creating Community with Andy Stanley, which was re-released in an updated and expanded edition in July, 2021. He and his team have helped connect thousands of adults into the benefits of group life. </p><p> </p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>church groups, church small groups, bible study, author interviews, how to do church, how to do small groups, community groups, group leadership, bible leadership, how to read the bible</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Discipling MS &amp; HS Students Through Small Groups</title>
      <itunes:episode>50</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>50</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>Discipling MS &amp; HS Students Through Small Groups</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">c82576e4-6684-4116-b24a-3aa080299f85</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/33fad38c</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p><strong>Promo: Making Time<br></strong><br>You have the same 24 hours in your day as the most accomplished people in the world. So why doesn't it feel that way? Follow along on this special 6 episode series as we take a look at how to make more time. By following biblical principles and taking a look at what you really want, Making Time shares the secret to having all the time you need... with a little help from some friends.</p><p>Learn more and download group guides at <a href="https://lumivoz.com/making-time/">https://lumivoz.com/making-time/</a></p><p>For questions, comments, or sharing your tips on how to make more time, reach out to <a href="mailto:makingtime@lumivoz.com">makingtime@lumivoz.com</a></p><p>------------------------------------------------------------------------------</p><br><p>Guests:  From Calvary Community Church in Westlake Village, CA  Britt Vargas, High School Ministry Director - <a href="mailto:brittany.vargas@calvarywestlake.org">brittany.vargas@calvarywestlake.org</a> Connor Johnson, Middle School Pastor - <a href="mailto:connor.johnson@calvarywestlake.org">connor.johnson@calvarywestlake.org</a>   <a href="https://calvarywestlake.org/middle-school/"> https://calvarywestlake.org/middle-school/</a> <a href="https://calvarywestlake.org/high-school/"> https://calvarywestlake.org/high-school/</a>    How do we disciple the next generation through small groups?  </p><ul><li>Why have student small groups? </li><li>What do you look for in student group leaders? </li><li>How do you train leaders of various ages and life experiences? </li><li>How to connect and develop effective student groups?  </li><li>How do you handle complicated messy life issues that affect students such as the LGBTQ issues and self-harming behaviors? </li></ul>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p><strong>Promo: Making Time<br></strong><br>You have the same 24 hours in your day as the most accomplished people in the world. So why doesn't it feel that way? Follow along on this special 6 episode series as we take a look at how to make more time. By following biblical principles and taking a look at what you really want, Making Time shares the secret to having all the time you need... with a little help from some friends.</p><p>Learn more and download group guides at <a href="https://lumivoz.com/making-time/">https://lumivoz.com/making-time/</a></p><p>For questions, comments, or sharing your tips on how to make more time, reach out to <a href="mailto:makingtime@lumivoz.com">makingtime@lumivoz.com</a></p><p>------------------------------------------------------------------------------</p><br><p>Guests:  From Calvary Community Church in Westlake Village, CA  Britt Vargas, High School Ministry Director - <a href="mailto:brittany.vargas@calvarywestlake.org">brittany.vargas@calvarywestlake.org</a> Connor Johnson, Middle School Pastor - <a href="mailto:connor.johnson@calvarywestlake.org">connor.johnson@calvarywestlake.org</a>   <a href="https://calvarywestlake.org/middle-school/"> https://calvarywestlake.org/middle-school/</a> <a href="https://calvarywestlake.org/high-school/"> https://calvarywestlake.org/high-school/</a>    How do we disciple the next generation through small groups?  </p><ul><li>Why have student small groups? </li><li>What do you look for in student group leaders? </li><li>How do you train leaders of various ages and life experiences? </li><li>How to connect and develop effective student groups?  </li><li>How do you handle complicated messy life issues that affect students such as the LGBTQ issues and self-harming behaviors? </li></ul>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Wed, 05 Jul 2023 04:00:00 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Carolyn Taketa | Lumivoz</author>
      <enclosure url="https://op3.dev/e/dts.podtrac.com/redirect.mp3/media.transistor.fm/33fad38c/73b6853d.mp3" length="116639453" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Carolyn Taketa | Lumivoz</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>3559</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p><strong>Promo: Making Time<br></strong><br>You have the same 24 hours in your day as the most accomplished people in the world. So why doesn't it feel that way? Follow along on this special 6 episode series as we take a look at how to make more time. By following biblical principles and taking a look at what you really want, Making Time shares the secret to having all the time you need... with a little help from some friends.</p><p>Learn more and download group guides at <a href="https://lumivoz.com/making-time/">https://lumivoz.com/making-time/</a></p><p>For questions, comments, or sharing your tips on how to make more time, reach out to <a href="mailto:makingtime@lumivoz.com">makingtime@lumivoz.com</a></p><p>------------------------------------------------------------------------------</p><br><p>Guests:  From Calvary Community Church in Westlake Village, CA  Britt Vargas, High School Ministry Director - <a href="mailto:brittany.vargas@calvarywestlake.org">brittany.vargas@calvarywestlake.org</a> Connor Johnson, Middle School Pastor - <a href="mailto:connor.johnson@calvarywestlake.org">connor.johnson@calvarywestlake.org</a>   <a href="https://calvarywestlake.org/middle-school/"> https://calvarywestlake.org/middle-school/</a> <a href="https://calvarywestlake.org/high-school/"> https://calvarywestlake.org/high-school/</a>    How do we disciple the next generation through small groups?  </p><ul><li>Why have student small groups? </li><li>What do you look for in student group leaders? </li><li>How do you train leaders of various ages and life experiences? </li><li>How to connect and develop effective student groups?  </li><li>How do you handle complicated messy life issues that affect students such as the LGBTQ issues and self-harming behaviors? </li></ul>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>church groups, church small groups, bible study, author interviews, how to do church, how to do small groups, community groups, group leadership, bible leadership, how to read the bible</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Increasing Evangelism in Small Groups w/ Joel Comiskey</title>
      <itunes:episode>49</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>49</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>Increasing Evangelism in Small Groups w/ Joel Comiskey</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">54e93a8a-74d8-4952-b519-aa5796d4e3a6</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/1306574e</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p><strong>Promo: Making Time<br></strong><br>You have the same 24 hours in your day as the most accomplished people in the world. So why doesn't it feel that way? Follow along on this special 6 episode series as we take a look at how to make more time. By following biblical principles and taking a look at what you really want, Making Time shares the secret to having all the time you need... with a little help from some friends.</p><p>Learn more and download group guides at <a href="https://lumivoz.com/making-time/">https://lumivoz.com/making-time/</a></p><p>For questions, comments, or sharing your tips on how to make more time, reach out to <a href="mailto:makingtime@lumivoz.com">makingtime@lumivoz.com</a></p><p>------------------------------------------------------------------------------</p><br><p>Since evangelism is critical part of discipleship, it is typically a high value for our churches. However, practically speaking, many of our groups do not engage regularly in intentional outreach to nonbelievers. In this episode with Joel Comiskey, we focus on why evangelism helps small groups thrive and how we can empower groups to engage in relational evangelism.</p><p>Joel is the founder of Joel Comiskey Group and has written numerous books on cell groups-based churches. Joel consults with churches, coaches pastors in small group ministries around the world, and actively leads a life-giving small group. Joel recently published a book with co-author Jim Egli titled, “Groups that Thrive: 8 Surprising Discoveries About Life Giving Small Groups.”</p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p><strong>Promo: Making Time<br></strong><br>You have the same 24 hours in your day as the most accomplished people in the world. So why doesn't it feel that way? Follow along on this special 6 episode series as we take a look at how to make more time. By following biblical principles and taking a look at what you really want, Making Time shares the secret to having all the time you need... with a little help from some friends.</p><p>Learn more and download group guides at <a href="https://lumivoz.com/making-time/">https://lumivoz.com/making-time/</a></p><p>For questions, comments, or sharing your tips on how to make more time, reach out to <a href="mailto:makingtime@lumivoz.com">makingtime@lumivoz.com</a></p><p>------------------------------------------------------------------------------</p><br><p>Since evangelism is critical part of discipleship, it is typically a high value for our churches. However, practically speaking, many of our groups do not engage regularly in intentional outreach to nonbelievers. In this episode with Joel Comiskey, we focus on why evangelism helps small groups thrive and how we can empower groups to engage in relational evangelism.</p><p>Joel is the founder of Joel Comiskey Group and has written numerous books on cell groups-based churches. Joel consults with churches, coaches pastors in small group ministries around the world, and actively leads a life-giving small group. Joel recently published a book with co-author Jim Egli titled, “Groups that Thrive: 8 Surprising Discoveries About Life Giving Small Groups.”</p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Wed, 28 Jun 2023 07:00:00 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Carolyn Taketa | Lumivoz</author>
      <enclosure url="https://op3.dev/e/dts.podtrac.com/redirect.mp3/media.transistor.fm/1306574e/2f34d755.mp3" length="61784805" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Carolyn Taketa | Lumivoz</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>1907</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p><strong>Promo: Making Time<br></strong><br>You have the same 24 hours in your day as the most accomplished people in the world. So why doesn't it feel that way? Follow along on this special 6 episode series as we take a look at how to make more time. By following biblical principles and taking a look at what you really want, Making Time shares the secret to having all the time you need... with a little help from some friends.</p><p>Learn more and download group guides at <a href="https://lumivoz.com/making-time/">https://lumivoz.com/making-time/</a></p><p>For questions, comments, or sharing your tips on how to make more time, reach out to <a href="mailto:makingtime@lumivoz.com">makingtime@lumivoz.com</a></p><p>------------------------------------------------------------------------------</p><br><p>Since evangelism is critical part of discipleship, it is typically a high value for our churches. However, practically speaking, many of our groups do not engage regularly in intentional outreach to nonbelievers. In this episode with Joel Comiskey, we focus on why evangelism helps small groups thrive and how we can empower groups to engage in relational evangelism.</p><p>Joel is the founder of Joel Comiskey Group and has written numerous books on cell groups-based churches. Joel consults with churches, coaches pastors in small group ministries around the world, and actively leads a life-giving small group. Joel recently published a book with co-author Jim Egli titled, “Groups that Thrive: 8 Surprising Discoveries About Life Giving Small Groups.”</p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>church groups, church small groups, bible study, author interviews, how to do church, how to do small groups, community groups, group leadership, bible leadership, how to read the bible</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Training New Group Leaders: When, Why, What, and How</title>
      <itunes:episode>48</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>48</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>Training New Group Leaders: When, Why, What, and How</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">0dce3035-f40a-4acd-90c8-56d154925865</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/08aaaf3d</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p><strong>Promo: Making Time<br></strong><br>You have the same 24 hours in your day as the most accomplished people in the world. So why doesn't it feel that way? Follow along on this special 6 episode series as we take a look at how to make more time. By following biblical principles and taking a look at what you really want, Making Time shares the secret to having all the time you need... with a little help from some friends.</p><p>Learn more and download group guides at <a href="https://lumivoz.com/making-time/">https://lumivoz.com/making-time/</a></p><p>For questions, comments, or sharing your tips on how to make more time, reach out to <a href="mailto:makingtime@lumivoz.com">makingtime@lumivoz.com</a></p><p>------------------------------------------------------------------------------</p><br><p>Guests on the Panel:</p><p>Bill Search is the author of Essential Guide for Small Group Leaders and Simple Small Groups. Currently serving as Executive Pastor of Ministries at Crossings Community Church in Oklahoma City. </p><p> </p><p>Heather Lee has served on staff at Crossroads Church in Manteca, California for 12 years and as the Groups Director for the last 4 years. She also serves on the SGN team as the Northern California Regional Leader. </p><p> </p><p>Danny Bias is the Life Groups Champion at Newbreak Church in San Diego since 2014. Currently an blogger/author for the Small Group Network.  </p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p><strong>Promo: Making Time<br></strong><br>You have the same 24 hours in your day as the most accomplished people in the world. So why doesn't it feel that way? Follow along on this special 6 episode series as we take a look at how to make more time. By following biblical principles and taking a look at what you really want, Making Time shares the secret to having all the time you need... with a little help from some friends.</p><p>Learn more and download group guides at <a href="https://lumivoz.com/making-time/">https://lumivoz.com/making-time/</a></p><p>For questions, comments, or sharing your tips on how to make more time, reach out to <a href="mailto:makingtime@lumivoz.com">makingtime@lumivoz.com</a></p><p>------------------------------------------------------------------------------</p><br><p>Guests on the Panel:</p><p>Bill Search is the author of Essential Guide for Small Group Leaders and Simple Small Groups. Currently serving as Executive Pastor of Ministries at Crossings Community Church in Oklahoma City. </p><p> </p><p>Heather Lee has served on staff at Crossroads Church in Manteca, California for 12 years and as the Groups Director for the last 4 years. She also serves on the SGN team as the Northern California Regional Leader. </p><p> </p><p>Danny Bias is the Life Groups Champion at Newbreak Church in San Diego since 2014. Currently an blogger/author for the Small Group Network.  </p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Wed, 21 Jun 2023 04:00:00 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Carolyn Taketa | Lumivoz</author>
      <enclosure url="https://op3.dev/e/dts.podtrac.com/redirect.mp3/media.transistor.fm/08aaaf3d/d485c7ae.mp3" length="67787356" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Carolyn Taketa | Lumivoz</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>2074</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p><strong>Promo: Making Time<br></strong><br>You have the same 24 hours in your day as the most accomplished people in the world. So why doesn't it feel that way? Follow along on this special 6 episode series as we take a look at how to make more time. By following biblical principles and taking a look at what you really want, Making Time shares the secret to having all the time you need... with a little help from some friends.</p><p>Learn more and download group guides at <a href="https://lumivoz.com/making-time/">https://lumivoz.com/making-time/</a></p><p>For questions, comments, or sharing your tips on how to make more time, reach out to <a href="mailto:makingtime@lumivoz.com">makingtime@lumivoz.com</a></p><p>------------------------------------------------------------------------------</p><br><p>Guests on the Panel:</p><p>Bill Search is the author of Essential Guide for Small Group Leaders and Simple Small Groups. Currently serving as Executive Pastor of Ministries at Crossings Community Church in Oklahoma City. </p><p> </p><p>Heather Lee has served on staff at Crossroads Church in Manteca, California for 12 years and as the Groups Director for the last 4 years. She also serves on the SGN team as the Northern California Regional Leader. </p><p> </p><p>Danny Bias is the Life Groups Champion at Newbreak Church in San Diego since 2014. Currently an blogger/author for the Small Group Network.  </p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>church groups, church small groups, bible study, author interviews, how to do church, how to do small groups, community groups, group leadership, bible leadership, how to read the bible</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Biblical Engagement in Groups w/ Dr. Roberta Hestenes</title>
      <itunes:episode>47</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>47</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>Biblical Engagement in Groups w/ Dr. Roberta Hestenes</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">9d50841c-f9a6-4ae9-84d4-e47c3e7220ef</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/d0672f83</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p><strong>Promo: Making Time<br></strong><br>You have the same 24 hours in your day as the most accomplished people in the world. So why doesn't it feel that way? Follow along on this special 6 episode series as we take a look at how to make more time. By following biblical principles and taking a look at what you really want, Making Time shares the secret to having all the time you need... with a little help from some friends.</p><p>Learn more and download group guides at <a href="https://lumivoz.com/making-time/">https://lumivoz.com/making-time/</a></p><p>For questions, comments, or sharing your tips on how to make more time, reach out to <a href="mailto:makingtime@lumivoz.com">makingtime@lumivoz.com</a></p><p>------------------------------------------------------------------------------</p><br><p>Most small group ministry leaders would agree that Bible study is a significant part of a small group. Yet, do our groups engage meaningfully with Scripture or are they just bouncing off verses during meetings?</p><ul><li>How well do we train our group leaders on working through a passage of the Bible and helping members interpret and understand God's Word for themselves?</li><li>What can we do to increase our engagement with God's Word in groups? </li></ul><p>Rev. Dr. Roberta Hestenes: As a pastor, Fuller seminary professor, Christian college president, international speaker, senior pastor and author, Rev. Dr. Roberta Hestenes has been a pioneering leader in Christian ministry 50+ years. She is the author of numerous books and publications including “Using the Bible in Groups” and a Bible commentary on 2 Corinthians and Galatians.  She has lectured at more than 60 universities and seminaries and has received 8 honorary doctoral degrees. During her 15+ years on the theology faculty at Fuller Seminary, she initiated courses on small groups, women in ministry, and how to teach the Bible. She is an an ordained Presbyterian minister who currently serves as a teaching pastor at Bayside Granite Bay Church, near Sacramento.</p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p><strong>Promo: Making Time<br></strong><br>You have the same 24 hours in your day as the most accomplished people in the world. So why doesn't it feel that way? Follow along on this special 6 episode series as we take a look at how to make more time. By following biblical principles and taking a look at what you really want, Making Time shares the secret to having all the time you need... with a little help from some friends.</p><p>Learn more and download group guides at <a href="https://lumivoz.com/making-time/">https://lumivoz.com/making-time/</a></p><p>For questions, comments, or sharing your tips on how to make more time, reach out to <a href="mailto:makingtime@lumivoz.com">makingtime@lumivoz.com</a></p><p>------------------------------------------------------------------------------</p><br><p>Most small group ministry leaders would agree that Bible study is a significant part of a small group. Yet, do our groups engage meaningfully with Scripture or are they just bouncing off verses during meetings?</p><ul><li>How well do we train our group leaders on working through a passage of the Bible and helping members interpret and understand God's Word for themselves?</li><li>What can we do to increase our engagement with God's Word in groups? </li></ul><p>Rev. Dr. Roberta Hestenes: As a pastor, Fuller seminary professor, Christian college president, international speaker, senior pastor and author, Rev. Dr. Roberta Hestenes has been a pioneering leader in Christian ministry 50+ years. She is the author of numerous books and publications including “Using the Bible in Groups” and a Bible commentary on 2 Corinthians and Galatians.  She has lectured at more than 60 universities and seminaries and has received 8 honorary doctoral degrees. During her 15+ years on the theology faculty at Fuller Seminary, she initiated courses on small groups, women in ministry, and how to teach the Bible. She is an an ordained Presbyterian minister who currently serves as a teaching pastor at Bayside Granite Bay Church, near Sacramento.</p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Wed, 14 Jun 2023 16:00:00 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Carolyn Taketa | Lumivoz</author>
      <enclosure url="https://op3.dev/e/dts.podtrac.com/redirect.mp3/media.transistor.fm/d0672f83/059097fa.mp3" length="70773667" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Carolyn Taketa | Lumivoz</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>2175</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p><strong>Promo: Making Time<br></strong><br>You have the same 24 hours in your day as the most accomplished people in the world. So why doesn't it feel that way? Follow along on this special 6 episode series as we take a look at how to make more time. By following biblical principles and taking a look at what you really want, Making Time shares the secret to having all the time you need... with a little help from some friends.</p><p>Learn more and download group guides at <a href="https://lumivoz.com/making-time/">https://lumivoz.com/making-time/</a></p><p>For questions, comments, or sharing your tips on how to make more time, reach out to <a href="mailto:makingtime@lumivoz.com">makingtime@lumivoz.com</a></p><p>------------------------------------------------------------------------------</p><br><p>Most small group ministry leaders would agree that Bible study is a significant part of a small group. Yet, do our groups engage meaningfully with Scripture or are they just bouncing off verses during meetings?</p><ul><li>How well do we train our group leaders on working through a passage of the Bible and helping members interpret and understand God's Word for themselves?</li><li>What can we do to increase our engagement with God's Word in groups? </li></ul><p>Rev. Dr. Roberta Hestenes: As a pastor, Fuller seminary professor, Christian college president, international speaker, senior pastor and author, Rev. Dr. Roberta Hestenes has been a pioneering leader in Christian ministry 50+ years. She is the author of numerous books and publications including “Using the Bible in Groups” and a Bible commentary on 2 Corinthians and Galatians.  She has lectured at more than 60 universities and seminaries and has received 8 honorary doctoral degrees. During her 15+ years on the theology faculty at Fuller Seminary, she initiated courses on small groups, women in ministry, and how to teach the Bible. She is an an ordained Presbyterian minister who currently serves as a teaching pastor at Bayside Granite Bay Church, near Sacramento.</p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>church groups, church small groups, bible study, author interviews, how to do church, how to do small groups, community groups, group leadership, bible leadership, how to read the bible</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Bible Recap &amp; D-Groups</title>
      <itunes:episode>46</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>46</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>Bible Recap &amp; D-Groups</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">7a2b9556-c989-46cd-84c8-0fd3898b6a91</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/c4614a71</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p><strong>Promo: Making Time<br></strong><br>You have the same 24 hours in your day as the most accomplished people in the world. So why doesn't it feel that way? Follow along on this special 6 episode series as we take a look at how to make more time. By following biblical principles and taking a look at what you really want, Making Time shares the secret to having all the time you need... with a little help from some friends.</p><p>Learn more and download group guides at <a href="https://lumivoz.com/making-time/">https://lumivoz.com/making-time/</a></p><p>For questions, comments, or sharing your tips on how to make more time, reach out to <a href="mailto:makingtime@lumivoz.com">makingtime@lumivoz.com</a></p><p>------------------------------------------------------------------------------</p><br><p>Do you "want to want to read the Bible?" Do you or your groups struggle to incorporate Bible reading as a regular habit? We talk with Tara-Leigh Cobble, host of the Bible Recap, a short digest of a daily bible reading. With millions of downloads, Tara Leigh has been enormously influential in helping people love to read and understand the Bible. She also believes that the Bible is best understood in the context of community, alongside one another in groups. So Tara-Leigh founded and leads D-Groups to deepen Biblical understanding, community, and accountability, and she shares how these discipleship groups can work in any church or community environment. </p><p><br></p><p>Links:  </p><p><a href="https://www.taraleighcobble.com/">https://www.taraleighcobble.com/</a></p><p><a href="https://www.thebiblerecap.com/">https://www.thebiblerecap.com/</a></p><p><a href="https://www.taraleighcobble.com/d-group">https://www.taraleighcobble.com/d-group</a></p><p><a href="https://www.mydgroup.org/church">https://www.mydgroup.org/church</a></p><p>And of course, don't forget to check out the Small Group Network at <a href="https://smallgroupnetwork.com/">https://smallgroupnetwork.com</a> or join our Facebook Group at <a href="https://www.facebook.com/groups/SGNContact">https://www.facebook.com/groups/SGNContact</a> </p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p><strong>Promo: Making Time<br></strong><br>You have the same 24 hours in your day as the most accomplished people in the world. So why doesn't it feel that way? Follow along on this special 6 episode series as we take a look at how to make more time. By following biblical principles and taking a look at what you really want, Making Time shares the secret to having all the time you need... with a little help from some friends.</p><p>Learn more and download group guides at <a href="https://lumivoz.com/making-time/">https://lumivoz.com/making-time/</a></p><p>For questions, comments, or sharing your tips on how to make more time, reach out to <a href="mailto:makingtime@lumivoz.com">makingtime@lumivoz.com</a></p><p>------------------------------------------------------------------------------</p><br><p>Do you "want to want to read the Bible?" Do you or your groups struggle to incorporate Bible reading as a regular habit? We talk with Tara-Leigh Cobble, host of the Bible Recap, a short digest of a daily bible reading. With millions of downloads, Tara Leigh has been enormously influential in helping people love to read and understand the Bible. She also believes that the Bible is best understood in the context of community, alongside one another in groups. So Tara-Leigh founded and leads D-Groups to deepen Biblical understanding, community, and accountability, and she shares how these discipleship groups can work in any church or community environment. </p><p><br></p><p>Links:  </p><p><a href="https://www.taraleighcobble.com/">https://www.taraleighcobble.com/</a></p><p><a href="https://www.thebiblerecap.com/">https://www.thebiblerecap.com/</a></p><p><a href="https://www.taraleighcobble.com/d-group">https://www.taraleighcobble.com/d-group</a></p><p><a href="https://www.mydgroup.org/church">https://www.mydgroup.org/church</a></p><p>And of course, don't forget to check out the Small Group Network at <a href="https://smallgroupnetwork.com/">https://smallgroupnetwork.com</a> or join our Facebook Group at <a href="https://www.facebook.com/groups/SGNContact">https://www.facebook.com/groups/SGNContact</a> </p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Wed, 07 Jun 2023 04:00:00 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Carolyn Taketa | Lumivoz</author>
      <enclosure url="https://op3.dev/e/dts.podtrac.com/redirect.mp3/media.transistor.fm/c4614a71/90d844da.mp3" length="87588926" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Carolyn Taketa | Lumivoz</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>2678</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p><strong>Promo: Making Time<br></strong><br>You have the same 24 hours in your day as the most accomplished people in the world. So why doesn't it feel that way? Follow along on this special 6 episode series as we take a look at how to make more time. By following biblical principles and taking a look at what you really want, Making Time shares the secret to having all the time you need... with a little help from some friends.</p><p>Learn more and download group guides at <a href="https://lumivoz.com/making-time/">https://lumivoz.com/making-time/</a></p><p>For questions, comments, or sharing your tips on how to make more time, reach out to <a href="mailto:makingtime@lumivoz.com">makingtime@lumivoz.com</a></p><p>------------------------------------------------------------------------------</p><br><p>Do you "want to want to read the Bible?" Do you or your groups struggle to incorporate Bible reading as a regular habit? We talk with Tara-Leigh Cobble, host of the Bible Recap, a short digest of a daily bible reading. With millions of downloads, Tara Leigh has been enormously influential in helping people love to read and understand the Bible. She also believes that the Bible is best understood in the context of community, alongside one another in groups. So Tara-Leigh founded and leads D-Groups to deepen Biblical understanding, community, and accountability, and she shares how these discipleship groups can work in any church or community environment. </p><p><br></p><p>Links:  </p><p><a href="https://www.taraleighcobble.com/">https://www.taraleighcobble.com/</a></p><p><a href="https://www.thebiblerecap.com/">https://www.thebiblerecap.com/</a></p><p><a href="https://www.taraleighcobble.com/d-group">https://www.taraleighcobble.com/d-group</a></p><p><a href="https://www.mydgroup.org/church">https://www.mydgroup.org/church</a></p><p>And of course, don't forget to check out the Small Group Network at <a href="https://smallgroupnetwork.com/">https://smallgroupnetwork.com</a> or join our Facebook Group at <a href="https://www.facebook.com/groups/SGNContact">https://www.facebook.com/groups/SGNContact</a> </p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>church groups, church small groups, bible study, author interviews, how to do church, how to do small groups, community groups, group leadership, bible leadership, how to read the bible</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Growing Small Groups in a Catholic Church</title>
      <itunes:episode>45</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>45</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>Growing Small Groups in a Catholic Church</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">f556475e-0ddf-4beb-95da-e69852e2cc2a</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/c555ceb3</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p><strong>Promo: Making Time<br></strong><br>You have the same 24 hours in your day as the most accomplished people in the world. So why doesn't it feel that way? Follow along on this special 6 episode series as we take a look at how to make more time. By following biblical principles and taking a look at what you really want, Making Time shares the secret to having all the time you need... with a little help from some friends.</p><p>Learn more and download group guides at <a href="https://lumivoz.com/making-time/">https://lumivoz.com/making-time/</a></p><p>For questions, comments, or sharing your tips on how to make more time, reach out to <a href="mailto:makingtime@lumivoz.com">makingtime@lumivoz.com</a></p><p>------------------------------------------------------------------------------</p><br><p>"What unites us is much greater than what divides us." This quote by Pope John XXIII is so applicable to this conversation with Kelly Lippenholz from Church of the Nativity - a dynamic Catholic congregation deeply committed to discipleship and community through small groups. </p><p><br></p><p>Kelly shares about the power of a personal invitation from her own story, how Church of the Nativity developed a new culture of community in a Catholic church context, how they executed very successful group launches, and how they integrated groups as the primary pathway for discipleship. Kelly and her small groups team are valuable members of the Small Group Network and you can interact with them on our Facebook page. </p><p><br></p><p> </p><p>Bio: </p><p><br></p><p>Kelly Lippenholz began her career in ministry at Church of the Nativity, a parish in the Archdiocese of Baltimore, Maryland when she began volunteering with the Youth Ministry program and leading a small group of 6th grade girls. Those girls are now in college and Kelly is in her 10th year of vocational ministry. She spent six years withYouth Ministry - writing curriculum, delivering messages, planning retreats, and training for 200 Next Gen ministers. A few years ago, she transitioned into her current role at Nativity as Director of Adult Discipleship where she oversees several ministries including small groups, member care, missions, and adult ministry. </p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p><strong>Promo: Making Time<br></strong><br>You have the same 24 hours in your day as the most accomplished people in the world. So why doesn't it feel that way? Follow along on this special 6 episode series as we take a look at how to make more time. By following biblical principles and taking a look at what you really want, Making Time shares the secret to having all the time you need... with a little help from some friends.</p><p>Learn more and download group guides at <a href="https://lumivoz.com/making-time/">https://lumivoz.com/making-time/</a></p><p>For questions, comments, or sharing your tips on how to make more time, reach out to <a href="mailto:makingtime@lumivoz.com">makingtime@lumivoz.com</a></p><p>------------------------------------------------------------------------------</p><br><p>"What unites us is much greater than what divides us." This quote by Pope John XXIII is so applicable to this conversation with Kelly Lippenholz from Church of the Nativity - a dynamic Catholic congregation deeply committed to discipleship and community through small groups. </p><p><br></p><p>Kelly shares about the power of a personal invitation from her own story, how Church of the Nativity developed a new culture of community in a Catholic church context, how they executed very successful group launches, and how they integrated groups as the primary pathway for discipleship. Kelly and her small groups team are valuable members of the Small Group Network and you can interact with them on our Facebook page. </p><p><br></p><p> </p><p>Bio: </p><p><br></p><p>Kelly Lippenholz began her career in ministry at Church of the Nativity, a parish in the Archdiocese of Baltimore, Maryland when she began volunteering with the Youth Ministry program and leading a small group of 6th grade girls. Those girls are now in college and Kelly is in her 10th year of vocational ministry. She spent six years withYouth Ministry - writing curriculum, delivering messages, planning retreats, and training for 200 Next Gen ministers. A few years ago, she transitioned into her current role at Nativity as Director of Adult Discipleship where she oversees several ministries including small groups, member care, missions, and adult ministry. </p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Wed, 24 May 2023 04:00:00 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Carolyn Taketa | Lumivoz</author>
      <enclosure url="https://op3.dev/e/dts.podtrac.com/redirect.mp3/media.transistor.fm/c555ceb3/d835524a.mp3" length="93455006" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Carolyn Taketa | Lumivoz</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>2856</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p><strong>Promo: Making Time<br></strong><br>You have the same 24 hours in your day as the most accomplished people in the world. So why doesn't it feel that way? Follow along on this special 6 episode series as we take a look at how to make more time. By following biblical principles and taking a look at what you really want, Making Time shares the secret to having all the time you need... with a little help from some friends.</p><p>Learn more and download group guides at <a href="https://lumivoz.com/making-time/">https://lumivoz.com/making-time/</a></p><p>For questions, comments, or sharing your tips on how to make more time, reach out to <a href="mailto:makingtime@lumivoz.com">makingtime@lumivoz.com</a></p><p>------------------------------------------------------------------------------</p><br><p>"What unites us is much greater than what divides us." This quote by Pope John XXIII is so applicable to this conversation with Kelly Lippenholz from Church of the Nativity - a dynamic Catholic congregation deeply committed to discipleship and community through small groups. </p><p><br></p><p>Kelly shares about the power of a personal invitation from her own story, how Church of the Nativity developed a new culture of community in a Catholic church context, how they executed very successful group launches, and how they integrated groups as the primary pathway for discipleship. Kelly and her small groups team are valuable members of the Small Group Network and you can interact with them on our Facebook page. </p><p><br></p><p> </p><p>Bio: </p><p><br></p><p>Kelly Lippenholz began her career in ministry at Church of the Nativity, a parish in the Archdiocese of Baltimore, Maryland when she began volunteering with the Youth Ministry program and leading a small group of 6th grade girls. Those girls are now in college and Kelly is in her 10th year of vocational ministry. She spent six years withYouth Ministry - writing curriculum, delivering messages, planning retreats, and training for 200 Next Gen ministers. A few years ago, she transitioned into her current role at Nativity as Director of Adult Discipleship where she oversees several ministries including small groups, member care, missions, and adult ministry. </p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>church groups, church small groups, bible study, author interviews, how to do church, how to do small groups, community groups, group leadership, bible leadership, how to read the bible</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>How to Give and Receive Feedback Well </title>
      <itunes:episode>44</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>44</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>How to Give and Receive Feedback Well </itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">0fecc34d-4cdf-4764-9b8e-ccd1c4eec635</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/e29d5e43</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p><strong>Promo: Making Time<br></strong><br>You have the same 24 hours in your day as the most accomplished people in the world. So why doesn't it feel that way? Follow along on this special 6 episode series as we take a look at how to make more time. By following biblical principles and taking a look at what you really want, Making Time shares the secret to having all the time you need... with a little help from some friends.</p><p>Learn more and download group guides at <a href="https://lumivoz.com/making-time/">https://lumivoz.com/making-time/</a></p><p>For questions, comments, or sharing your tips on how to make more time, reach out to <a href="mailto:makingtime@lumivoz.com">makingtime@lumivoz.com</a></p><p>------------------------------------------------------------------------------</p><br><p>Guest:  Dr. Bill Donahue </p><p><br></p><p>Dr. Bill Donahue, Ph.D., focuses his work on building transformational leaders, groups and teams. He is a conference speaker, author and strategic voice in areas of leadership development, community-building, and strategic vision. Bill’s work blends his corporate and church experience as he serves clients in both arenas. After 18 years at Willow Creek – at the church and the Association – Bill joined the faculty of Trinity International University and leads the Doctor of Ministry Program there, training over 100 church leaders and pastors. Bill has published or co-authored over a dozen books and training resources for all levels of leadership, including the best-selling <em>Leading Life-changing Small Groups, Coaching Life-Changing Leaders, Building a Life-Changing Small Group Ministry</em>, the DVD training series <em>Making Small Groups Work</em>, and most recently <em>The Irresistible Community</em>.</p><p><a href="https://drbilldonahue.com/">https://drbilldonahue.com/</a></p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p><strong>Promo: Making Time<br></strong><br>You have the same 24 hours in your day as the most accomplished people in the world. So why doesn't it feel that way? Follow along on this special 6 episode series as we take a look at how to make more time. By following biblical principles and taking a look at what you really want, Making Time shares the secret to having all the time you need... with a little help from some friends.</p><p>Learn more and download group guides at <a href="https://lumivoz.com/making-time/">https://lumivoz.com/making-time/</a></p><p>For questions, comments, or sharing your tips on how to make more time, reach out to <a href="mailto:makingtime@lumivoz.com">makingtime@lumivoz.com</a></p><p>------------------------------------------------------------------------------</p><br><p>Guest:  Dr. Bill Donahue </p><p><br></p><p>Dr. Bill Donahue, Ph.D., focuses his work on building transformational leaders, groups and teams. He is a conference speaker, author and strategic voice in areas of leadership development, community-building, and strategic vision. Bill’s work blends his corporate and church experience as he serves clients in both arenas. After 18 years at Willow Creek – at the church and the Association – Bill joined the faculty of Trinity International University and leads the Doctor of Ministry Program there, training over 100 church leaders and pastors. Bill has published or co-authored over a dozen books and training resources for all levels of leadership, including the best-selling <em>Leading Life-changing Small Groups, Coaching Life-Changing Leaders, Building a Life-Changing Small Group Ministry</em>, the DVD training series <em>Making Small Groups Work</em>, and most recently <em>The Irresistible Community</em>.</p><p><a href="https://drbilldonahue.com/">https://drbilldonahue.com/</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Wed, 17 May 2023 04:00:00 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Carolyn Taketa | Lumivoz</author>
      <enclosure url="https://op3.dev/e/dts.podtrac.com/redirect.mp3/media.transistor.fm/e29d5e43/05449668.mp3" length="90932257" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Carolyn Taketa | Lumivoz</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>2772</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p><strong>Promo: Making Time<br></strong><br>You have the same 24 hours in your day as the most accomplished people in the world. So why doesn't it feel that way? Follow along on this special 6 episode series as we take a look at how to make more time. By following biblical principles and taking a look at what you really want, Making Time shares the secret to having all the time you need... with a little help from some friends.</p><p>Learn more and download group guides at <a href="https://lumivoz.com/making-time/">https://lumivoz.com/making-time/</a></p><p>For questions, comments, or sharing your tips on how to make more time, reach out to <a href="mailto:makingtime@lumivoz.com">makingtime@lumivoz.com</a></p><p>------------------------------------------------------------------------------</p><br><p>Guest:  Dr. Bill Donahue </p><p><br></p><p>Dr. Bill Donahue, Ph.D., focuses his work on building transformational leaders, groups and teams. He is a conference speaker, author and strategic voice in areas of leadership development, community-building, and strategic vision. Bill’s work blends his corporate and church experience as he serves clients in both arenas. After 18 years at Willow Creek – at the church and the Association – Bill joined the faculty of Trinity International University and leads the Doctor of Ministry Program there, training over 100 church leaders and pastors. Bill has published or co-authored over a dozen books and training resources for all levels of leadership, including the best-selling <em>Leading Life-changing Small Groups, Coaching Life-Changing Leaders, Building a Life-Changing Small Group Ministry</em>, the DVD training series <em>Making Small Groups Work</em>, and most recently <em>The Irresistible Community</em>.</p><p><a href="https://drbilldonahue.com/">https://drbilldonahue.com/</a></p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>church groups, church small groups, bible study, author interviews, how to do church, how to do small groups, community groups, group leadership, bible leadership, how to read the bible</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Leading Millennials and Gen Z in the Church </title>
      <itunes:episode>43</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>43</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>Leading Millennials and Gen Z in the Church </itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">8f56c59f-a402-4ec4-a89c-58a218891d25</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/6f89acc2</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p><strong>Promo: Making Time<br></strong><br>You have the same 24 hours in your day as the most accomplished people in the world. So why doesn't it feel that way? Follow along on this special 6 episode series as we take a look at how to make more time. By following biblical principles and taking a look at what you really want, Making Time shares the secret to having all the time you need... with a little help from some friends.</p><p>Learn more and download group guides at <a href="https://lumivoz.com/making-time/">https://lumivoz.com/making-time/</a></p><p>For questions, comments, or sharing your tips on how to make more time, reach out to <a href="mailto:makingtime@lumivoz.com">makingtime@lumivoz.com</a></p><p>------------------------------------------------------------------------------</p><br><p>What are younger generations looking for from churches, small groups, and leaders? What are some unique markers of this generation? What does it look like for them to deconstruct their faith? Join us for this conversation with Saddleback's Development Pastor Dave Alford, who has worked with younger generations for decades both in ministry and higher education to learn how we can better care for, minister to, and engage young adults in our lives, in our churches, on our staffs, and in our communities. </p><p><br></p><p>Bio: </p><p>Dave Alford Is Pastor of Leadership Development at Saddleback Church where his team oversees small groups, next steps, interns, and ministries to men, women, and singles. Dave’s background includes experience in business, pastoral ministry, and higher education.  Dave also writes, coaches, and speaks about leadership. Dave has a Bachelors degree from UC Davis, an MBA from USC, and a doctorate in Organizational Leadership from Pepperdine University. </p><p>Show Notes: </p><p>Contact Dave at  <a href="mailto:dalford@saddleback.com">dalford@saddleback.com</a></p><p>For this topic, Dave recommends: The Coddling of the American Mind by Greg Lukianoff and Jonathan Haidt (2018)</p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p><strong>Promo: Making Time<br></strong><br>You have the same 24 hours in your day as the most accomplished people in the world. So why doesn't it feel that way? Follow along on this special 6 episode series as we take a look at how to make more time. By following biblical principles and taking a look at what you really want, Making Time shares the secret to having all the time you need... with a little help from some friends.</p><p>Learn more and download group guides at <a href="https://lumivoz.com/making-time/">https://lumivoz.com/making-time/</a></p><p>For questions, comments, or sharing your tips on how to make more time, reach out to <a href="mailto:makingtime@lumivoz.com">makingtime@lumivoz.com</a></p><p>------------------------------------------------------------------------------</p><br><p>What are younger generations looking for from churches, small groups, and leaders? What are some unique markers of this generation? What does it look like for them to deconstruct their faith? Join us for this conversation with Saddleback's Development Pastor Dave Alford, who has worked with younger generations for decades both in ministry and higher education to learn how we can better care for, minister to, and engage young adults in our lives, in our churches, on our staffs, and in our communities. </p><p><br></p><p>Bio: </p><p>Dave Alford Is Pastor of Leadership Development at Saddleback Church where his team oversees small groups, next steps, interns, and ministries to men, women, and singles. Dave’s background includes experience in business, pastoral ministry, and higher education.  Dave also writes, coaches, and speaks about leadership. Dave has a Bachelors degree from UC Davis, an MBA from USC, and a doctorate in Organizational Leadership from Pepperdine University. </p><p>Show Notes: </p><p>Contact Dave at  <a href="mailto:dalford@saddleback.com">dalford@saddleback.com</a></p><p>For this topic, Dave recommends: The Coddling of the American Mind by Greg Lukianoff and Jonathan Haidt (2018)</p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Wed, 10 May 2023 04:00:00 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Carolyn Taketa | Lumivoz</author>
      <enclosure url="https://op3.dev/e/dts.podtrac.com/redirect.mp3/media.transistor.fm/6f89acc2/28fc6c5a.mp3" length="93010435" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Carolyn Taketa | Lumivoz</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>2857</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p><strong>Promo: Making Time<br></strong><br>You have the same 24 hours in your day as the most accomplished people in the world. So why doesn't it feel that way? Follow along on this special 6 episode series as we take a look at how to make more time. By following biblical principles and taking a look at what you really want, Making Time shares the secret to having all the time you need... with a little help from some friends.</p><p>Learn more and download group guides at <a href="https://lumivoz.com/making-time/">https://lumivoz.com/making-time/</a></p><p>For questions, comments, or sharing your tips on how to make more time, reach out to <a href="mailto:makingtime@lumivoz.com">makingtime@lumivoz.com</a></p><p>------------------------------------------------------------------------------</p><br><p>What are younger generations looking for from churches, small groups, and leaders? What are some unique markers of this generation? What does it look like for them to deconstruct their faith? Join us for this conversation with Saddleback's Development Pastor Dave Alford, who has worked with younger generations for decades both in ministry and higher education to learn how we can better care for, minister to, and engage young adults in our lives, in our churches, on our staffs, and in our communities. </p><p><br></p><p>Bio: </p><p>Dave Alford Is Pastor of Leadership Development at Saddleback Church where his team oversees small groups, next steps, interns, and ministries to men, women, and singles. Dave’s background includes experience in business, pastoral ministry, and higher education.  Dave also writes, coaches, and speaks about leadership. Dave has a Bachelors degree from UC Davis, an MBA from USC, and a doctorate in Organizational Leadership from Pepperdine University. </p><p>Show Notes: </p><p>Contact Dave at  <a href="mailto:dalford@saddleback.com">dalford@saddleback.com</a></p><p>For this topic, Dave recommends: The Coddling of the American Mind by Greg Lukianoff and Jonathan Haidt (2018)</p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>church groups, church small groups, bible study, author interviews, how to do church, how to do small groups, community groups, group leadership, bible leadership, how to read the bible</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Small Group Metrics: What to Measure &amp; Why with Bill Willits</title>
      <itunes:episode>42</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>42</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>Small Group Metrics: What to Measure &amp; Why with Bill Willits</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">c17f1fb8-88a1-4743-bee3-909ab432563e</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/e1251591</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p><strong>Promo: Making Time<br></strong><br>You have the same 24 hours in your day as the most accomplished people in the world. So why doesn't it feel that way? Follow along on this special 6 episode series as we take a look at how to make more time. By following biblical principles and taking a look at what you really want, Making Time shares the secret to having all the time you need... with a little help from some friends.</p><p>Learn more and download group guides at <a href="https://lumivoz.com/making-time/">https://lumivoz.com/making-time/</a></p><p>For questions, comments, or sharing your tips on how to make more time, reach out to <a href="mailto:makingtime@lumivoz.com">makingtime@lumivoz.com</a></p><p>------------------------------------------------------------------------------</p><br><p>How do you measure the fruitfullnes of small group ministry? How do you decide what metrics to you use? If you or anyone on your team are asking these questions, then you’ve come to the right place!</p><p><a href="https://twitter.com/BillWillits">Bill Willits</a> is the Executive Director of Ministry Environments for North Point Ministries. NPM is the parent organization of six Atlanta churches (Including North Point Community Church) as well as twenty-three strategic partner churches around the world. Bill is one of the founding staff members of North Point and the architect of its influential small groups ministry model. He is also the co-author of the book, "Creating Community" with Andy Stanley. His passion for community along with his amazing team has helped them connect just over 80,000 children, students and adults into the benefits of group life.</p><p>In this month’s “Group Talk” podcast, host <a href="https://twitter.com/TaketaCarolyn">Carolyn Taketa</a> interviews Bill and asks him the following questions and more in this exciting interview…</p><ul><li>How do we know if someone is actually growing in their relationship with Jesus?</li><li>What are the measurable wins that help us understand if we are really making progress?</li><li>How do we get people from the rows into circles?</li><li>What is the typical retention rate for small group leaders?</li></ul>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p><strong>Promo: Making Time<br></strong><br>You have the same 24 hours in your day as the most accomplished people in the world. So why doesn't it feel that way? Follow along on this special 6 episode series as we take a look at how to make more time. By following biblical principles and taking a look at what you really want, Making Time shares the secret to having all the time you need... with a little help from some friends.</p><p>Learn more and download group guides at <a href="https://lumivoz.com/making-time/">https://lumivoz.com/making-time/</a></p><p>For questions, comments, or sharing your tips on how to make more time, reach out to <a href="mailto:makingtime@lumivoz.com">makingtime@lumivoz.com</a></p><p>------------------------------------------------------------------------------</p><br><p>How do you measure the fruitfullnes of small group ministry? How do you decide what metrics to you use? If you or anyone on your team are asking these questions, then you’ve come to the right place!</p><p><a href="https://twitter.com/BillWillits">Bill Willits</a> is the Executive Director of Ministry Environments for North Point Ministries. NPM is the parent organization of six Atlanta churches (Including North Point Community Church) as well as twenty-three strategic partner churches around the world. Bill is one of the founding staff members of North Point and the architect of its influential small groups ministry model. He is also the co-author of the book, "Creating Community" with Andy Stanley. His passion for community along with his amazing team has helped them connect just over 80,000 children, students and adults into the benefits of group life.</p><p>In this month’s “Group Talk” podcast, host <a href="https://twitter.com/TaketaCarolyn">Carolyn Taketa</a> interviews Bill and asks him the following questions and more in this exciting interview…</p><ul><li>How do we know if someone is actually growing in their relationship with Jesus?</li><li>What are the measurable wins that help us understand if we are really making progress?</li><li>How do we get people from the rows into circles?</li><li>What is the typical retention rate for small group leaders?</li></ul>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Wed, 03 May 2023 04:00:00 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Carolyn Taketa | Lumivoz</author>
      <enclosure url="https://op3.dev/e/dts.podtrac.com/redirect.mp3/media.transistor.fm/e1251591/66288554.mp3" length="73536510" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Carolyn Taketa | Lumivoz</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>2228</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p><strong>Promo: Making Time<br></strong><br>You have the same 24 hours in your day as the most accomplished people in the world. So why doesn't it feel that way? Follow along on this special 6 episode series as we take a look at how to make more time. By following biblical principles and taking a look at what you really want, Making Time shares the secret to having all the time you need... with a little help from some friends.</p><p>Learn more and download group guides at <a href="https://lumivoz.com/making-time/">https://lumivoz.com/making-time/</a></p><p>For questions, comments, or sharing your tips on how to make more time, reach out to <a href="mailto:makingtime@lumivoz.com">makingtime@lumivoz.com</a></p><p>------------------------------------------------------------------------------</p><br><p>How do you measure the fruitfullnes of small group ministry? How do you decide what metrics to you use? If you or anyone on your team are asking these questions, then you’ve come to the right place!</p><p><a href="https://twitter.com/BillWillits">Bill Willits</a> is the Executive Director of Ministry Environments for North Point Ministries. NPM is the parent organization of six Atlanta churches (Including North Point Community Church) as well as twenty-three strategic partner churches around the world. Bill is one of the founding staff members of North Point and the architect of its influential small groups ministry model. He is also the co-author of the book, "Creating Community" with Andy Stanley. His passion for community along with his amazing team has helped them connect just over 80,000 children, students and adults into the benefits of group life.</p><p>In this month’s “Group Talk” podcast, host <a href="https://twitter.com/TaketaCarolyn">Carolyn Taketa</a> interviews Bill and asks him the following questions and more in this exciting interview…</p><ul><li>How do we know if someone is actually growing in their relationship with Jesus?</li><li>What are the measurable wins that help us understand if we are really making progress?</li><li>How do we get people from the rows into circles?</li><li>What is the typical retention rate for small group leaders?</li></ul>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>church groups, church small groups, bible study, author interviews, how to do church, how to do small groups, community groups, group leadership, bible leadership, how to read the bible</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Busting Beyond The Bubble: Changing Your Methods to Recruit New Small Group Leaders</title>
      <itunes:episode>41</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>41</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>Busting Beyond The Bubble: Changing Your Methods to Recruit New Small Group Leaders</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">ce0cb161-d94c-4f20-8f9a-fd114a56d48f</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/d30c8f99</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p><strong>Promo: Making Time<br></strong><br>You have the same 24 hours in your day as the most accomplished people in the world. So why doesn't it feel that way? Follow along on this special 6 episode series as we take a look at how to make more time. By following biblical principles and taking a look at what you really want, Making Time shares the secret to having all the time you need... with a little help from some friends.</p><p>Learn more and download group guides at <a href="https://lumivoz.com/making-time/">https://lumivoz.com/making-time/</a></p><p>For questions, comments, or sharing your tips on how to make more time, reach out to <a href="mailto:makingtime@lumivoz.com">makingtime@lumivoz.com</a></p><p>------------------------------------------------------------------------------</p><br><p>In this week’s “Here to There” podcast, Host <a href="https://twitter.com/TaketaCarolyn">Carolyn Taketa</a> talks with Daniel about the following topics in this exciting interview…</p><ul><li>The differences between small group models &amp; finding the right one that fits your church culture</li><li>What essential qualities to look for in prospective leaders</li><li>Thinking differently &amp; changing your methods to find new leaders</li><li>The value of being connected to a network of small group point people</li><li>The importance of creating easy on ramps when recruiting new leaders</li></ul>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p><strong>Promo: Making Time<br></strong><br>You have the same 24 hours in your day as the most accomplished people in the world. So why doesn't it feel that way? Follow along on this special 6 episode series as we take a look at how to make more time. By following biblical principles and taking a look at what you really want, Making Time shares the secret to having all the time you need... with a little help from some friends.</p><p>Learn more and download group guides at <a href="https://lumivoz.com/making-time/">https://lumivoz.com/making-time/</a></p><p>For questions, comments, or sharing your tips on how to make more time, reach out to <a href="mailto:makingtime@lumivoz.com">makingtime@lumivoz.com</a></p><p>------------------------------------------------------------------------------</p><br><p>In this week’s “Here to There” podcast, Host <a href="https://twitter.com/TaketaCarolyn">Carolyn Taketa</a> talks with Daniel about the following topics in this exciting interview…</p><ul><li>The differences between small group models &amp; finding the right one that fits your church culture</li><li>What essential qualities to look for in prospective leaders</li><li>Thinking differently &amp; changing your methods to find new leaders</li><li>The value of being connected to a network of small group point people</li><li>The importance of creating easy on ramps when recruiting new leaders</li></ul>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Wed, 26 Apr 2023 04:00:00 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Carolyn Taketa | Lumivoz</author>
      <enclosure url="https://op3.dev/e/dts.podtrac.com/redirect.mp3/media.transistor.fm/d30c8f99/70d5282c.mp3" length="78023779" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Carolyn Taketa | Lumivoz</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>2419</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p><strong>Promo: Making Time<br></strong><br>You have the same 24 hours in your day as the most accomplished people in the world. So why doesn't it feel that way? Follow along on this special 6 episode series as we take a look at how to make more time. By following biblical principles and taking a look at what you really want, Making Time shares the secret to having all the time you need... with a little help from some friends.</p><p>Learn more and download group guides at <a href="https://lumivoz.com/making-time/">https://lumivoz.com/making-time/</a></p><p>For questions, comments, or sharing your tips on how to make more time, reach out to <a href="mailto:makingtime@lumivoz.com">makingtime@lumivoz.com</a></p><p>------------------------------------------------------------------------------</p><br><p>In this week’s “Here to There” podcast, Host <a href="https://twitter.com/TaketaCarolyn">Carolyn Taketa</a> talks with Daniel about the following topics in this exciting interview…</p><ul><li>The differences between small group models &amp; finding the right one that fits your church culture</li><li>What essential qualities to look for in prospective leaders</li><li>Thinking differently &amp; changing your methods to find new leaders</li><li>The value of being connected to a network of small group point people</li><li>The importance of creating easy on ramps when recruiting new leaders</li></ul>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>church groups, church small groups, bible study, author interviews, how to do church, how to do small groups, community groups, group leadership, bible leadership, how to read the bible</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Casting the NET: The What, Why and How of ONLINE Groups</title>
      <itunes:episode>40</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>40</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>Casting the NET: The What, Why and How of ONLINE Groups</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">45172dc3-555e-46fc-83b3-7d163548a5d8</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/b1dfdb4c</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p><strong>Promo: Making Time<br></strong><br>You have the same 24 hours in your day as the most accomplished people in the world. So why doesn't it feel that way? Follow along on this special 6 episode series as we take a look at how to make more time. By following biblical principles and taking a look at what you really want, Making Time shares the secret to having all the time you need... with a little help from some friends.</p><p>Learn more and download group guides at <a href="https://lumivoz.com/making-time/">https://lumivoz.com/making-time/</a></p><p>For questions, comments, or sharing your tips on how to make more time, reach out to <a href="mailto:makingtime@lumivoz.com">makingtime@lumivoz.com</a></p><p>------------------------------------------------------------------------------</p><br><p>If you are interested in learning about how online groups can help you &amp; your church fulfill its mission of reaching the un-churched &amp; making disciples, then you've come to the right place!</p><p><a href="http://jaykranda.com/">Jay Kranda</a> is the Online Campus Pastor at Saddleback Church in Lake Forest, CA. Jay is also the author of "Social Media Made Easy: Inexpensive Online Marketing Guide for Non-Profits".</p><p>In this month’s "Group Talk" podcast, Host <a href="https://twitter.com/TaketaCarolyn">Carolyn Taketa</a> talks with Jay about the what, why &amp; how of online small groups! Jay hits on the following topics in this exciting interview…</p><ul><li>How online groups can be used to reach millennials.</li><li>The primary benefits of having online groups.</li><li>When churches should consider launching online groups.</li><li>How to use Facebook groups to begin experimenting with online groups.</li><li>What platforms &amp; software to use for online groups.</li></ul>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p><strong>Promo: Making Time<br></strong><br>You have the same 24 hours in your day as the most accomplished people in the world. So why doesn't it feel that way? Follow along on this special 6 episode series as we take a look at how to make more time. By following biblical principles and taking a look at what you really want, Making Time shares the secret to having all the time you need... with a little help from some friends.</p><p>Learn more and download group guides at <a href="https://lumivoz.com/making-time/">https://lumivoz.com/making-time/</a></p><p>For questions, comments, or sharing your tips on how to make more time, reach out to <a href="mailto:makingtime@lumivoz.com">makingtime@lumivoz.com</a></p><p>------------------------------------------------------------------------------</p><br><p>If you are interested in learning about how online groups can help you &amp; your church fulfill its mission of reaching the un-churched &amp; making disciples, then you've come to the right place!</p><p><a href="http://jaykranda.com/">Jay Kranda</a> is the Online Campus Pastor at Saddleback Church in Lake Forest, CA. Jay is also the author of "Social Media Made Easy: Inexpensive Online Marketing Guide for Non-Profits".</p><p>In this month’s "Group Talk" podcast, Host <a href="https://twitter.com/TaketaCarolyn">Carolyn Taketa</a> talks with Jay about the what, why &amp; how of online small groups! Jay hits on the following topics in this exciting interview…</p><ul><li>How online groups can be used to reach millennials.</li><li>The primary benefits of having online groups.</li><li>When churches should consider launching online groups.</li><li>How to use Facebook groups to begin experimenting with online groups.</li><li>What platforms &amp; software to use for online groups.</li></ul>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Wed, 19 Apr 2023 04:00:00 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Carolyn Taketa | Lumivoz</author>
      <enclosure url="https://op3.dev/e/dts.podtrac.com/redirect.mp3/media.transistor.fm/b1dfdb4c/1483a232.mp3" length="76054965" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Carolyn Taketa | Lumivoz</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>2337</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p><strong>Promo: Making Time<br></strong><br>You have the same 24 hours in your day as the most accomplished people in the world. So why doesn't it feel that way? Follow along on this special 6 episode series as we take a look at how to make more time. By following biblical principles and taking a look at what you really want, Making Time shares the secret to having all the time you need... with a little help from some friends.</p><p>Learn more and download group guides at <a href="https://lumivoz.com/making-time/">https://lumivoz.com/making-time/</a></p><p>For questions, comments, or sharing your tips on how to make more time, reach out to <a href="mailto:makingtime@lumivoz.com">makingtime@lumivoz.com</a></p><p>------------------------------------------------------------------------------</p><br><p>If you are interested in learning about how online groups can help you &amp; your church fulfill its mission of reaching the un-churched &amp; making disciples, then you've come to the right place!</p><p><a href="http://jaykranda.com/">Jay Kranda</a> is the Online Campus Pastor at Saddleback Church in Lake Forest, CA. Jay is also the author of "Social Media Made Easy: Inexpensive Online Marketing Guide for Non-Profits".</p><p>In this month’s "Group Talk" podcast, Host <a href="https://twitter.com/TaketaCarolyn">Carolyn Taketa</a> talks with Jay about the what, why &amp; how of online small groups! Jay hits on the following topics in this exciting interview…</p><ul><li>How online groups can be used to reach millennials.</li><li>The primary benefits of having online groups.</li><li>When churches should consider launching online groups.</li><li>How to use Facebook groups to begin experimenting with online groups.</li><li>What platforms &amp; software to use for online groups.</li></ul>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>church groups, church small groups, bible study, author interviews, how to do church, how to do small groups, community groups, group leadership, bible leadership, how to read the bible</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Introverts &amp; Extroverts: How do our Personality Preferences Impact Our Leadership?</title>
      <itunes:episode>39</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>39</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>Introverts &amp; Extroverts: How do our Personality Preferences Impact Our Leadership?</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">a81a2015-b369-42d3-a43a-e7b03551bd01</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/b560bf93</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p><strong>Promo: Making Time<br></strong><br>You have the same 24 hours in your day as the most accomplished people in the world. So why doesn't it feel that way? Follow along on this special 6 episode series as we take a look at how to make more time. By following biblical principles and taking a look at what you really want, Making Time shares the secret to having all the time you need... with a little help from some friends.</p><p>Learn more and download group guides at <a href="https://lumivoz.com/making-time/">https://lumivoz.com/making-time/</a></p><p>For questions, comments, or sharing your tips on how to make more time, reach out to <a href="mailto:makingtime@lumivoz.com">makingtime@lumivoz.com</a></p><p>------------------------------------------------------------------------------</p><br><p>Diversity is a beautiful thing. People, cultures, perspectives and ideas come in all shapes, sizes, colors and variations, adding tremendous depth and value the tapestry of life we're all part of. And just like people, cultures, perspectives and ideas, personalities also come in all shapes, sizes, colors and variations. This, too, is a beautiful thing, However, problems tend to surface when we fail to understand and appreciate the diversity of personalities and how that diversity impacts and adds value to our environments, relationships and leadership styles.</p><p>In this month's Group Talk, Carolyn Taketa talks with Amy Jackson and Tom Kang about learning to understand and appreciate the diversity in personality types and how finding value in the nuances of the various temperaments can help you shape effective ministry environments and experiences.</p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p><strong>Promo: Making Time<br></strong><br>You have the same 24 hours in your day as the most accomplished people in the world. So why doesn't it feel that way? Follow along on this special 6 episode series as we take a look at how to make more time. By following biblical principles and taking a look at what you really want, Making Time shares the secret to having all the time you need... with a little help from some friends.</p><p>Learn more and download group guides at <a href="https://lumivoz.com/making-time/">https://lumivoz.com/making-time/</a></p><p>For questions, comments, or sharing your tips on how to make more time, reach out to <a href="mailto:makingtime@lumivoz.com">makingtime@lumivoz.com</a></p><p>------------------------------------------------------------------------------</p><br><p>Diversity is a beautiful thing. People, cultures, perspectives and ideas come in all shapes, sizes, colors and variations, adding tremendous depth and value the tapestry of life we're all part of. And just like people, cultures, perspectives and ideas, personalities also come in all shapes, sizes, colors and variations. This, too, is a beautiful thing, However, problems tend to surface when we fail to understand and appreciate the diversity of personalities and how that diversity impacts and adds value to our environments, relationships and leadership styles.</p><p>In this month's Group Talk, Carolyn Taketa talks with Amy Jackson and Tom Kang about learning to understand and appreciate the diversity in personality types and how finding value in the nuances of the various temperaments can help you shape effective ministry environments and experiences.</p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Wed, 12 Apr 2023 04:00:00 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Carolyn Taketa | Lumivoz</author>
      <enclosure url="https://op3.dev/e/dts.podtrac.com/redirect.mp3/media.transistor.fm/b560bf93/921eac12.mp3" length="79527685" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Carolyn Taketa | Lumivoz</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>2415</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p><strong>Promo: Making Time<br></strong><br>You have the same 24 hours in your day as the most accomplished people in the world. So why doesn't it feel that way? Follow along on this special 6 episode series as we take a look at how to make more time. By following biblical principles and taking a look at what you really want, Making Time shares the secret to having all the time you need... with a little help from some friends.</p><p>Learn more and download group guides at <a href="https://lumivoz.com/making-time/">https://lumivoz.com/making-time/</a></p><p>For questions, comments, or sharing your tips on how to make more time, reach out to <a href="mailto:makingtime@lumivoz.com">makingtime@lumivoz.com</a></p><p>------------------------------------------------------------------------------</p><br><p>Diversity is a beautiful thing. People, cultures, perspectives and ideas come in all shapes, sizes, colors and variations, adding tremendous depth and value the tapestry of life we're all part of. And just like people, cultures, perspectives and ideas, personalities also come in all shapes, sizes, colors and variations. This, too, is a beautiful thing, However, problems tend to surface when we fail to understand and appreciate the diversity of personalities and how that diversity impacts and adds value to our environments, relationships and leadership styles.</p><p>In this month's Group Talk, Carolyn Taketa talks with Amy Jackson and Tom Kang about learning to understand and appreciate the diversity in personality types and how finding value in the nuances of the various temperaments can help you shape effective ministry environments and experiences.</p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>church groups, church small groups, bible study, author interviews, how to do church, how to do small groups, community groups, group leadership, bible leadership, how to read the bible</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Busting Beyond The Bubble: Changing Your Methods to Recruit New Small Group Leaders</title>
      <itunes:episode>38</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>38</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>Busting Beyond The Bubble: Changing Your Methods to Recruit New Small Group Leaders</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">d66dd23e-9f05-41b2-9609-85bb9a484259</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/65069834</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p><strong>Promo: Making Time<br></strong><br>You have the same 24 hours in your day as the most accomplished people in the world. So why doesn't it feel that way? Follow along on this special 6 episode series as we take a look at how to make more time. By following biblical principles and taking a look at what you really want, Making Time shares the secret to having all the time you need... with a little help from some friends.</p><p>Learn more and download group guides at <a href="https://lumivoz.com/making-time/">https://lumivoz.com/making-time/</a></p><p>For questions, comments, or sharing your tips on how to make more time, reach out to <a href="mailto:makingtime@lumivoz.com">makingtime@lumivoz.com</a></p><p>------------------------------------------------------------------------------</p><br><p>In this week's “Here to There” podcast, Host <a href="https://twitter.com/TaketaCarolyn">Carolyn Taketa</a> talks with Daniel about the following topics in this exciting interview…</p><ul><li>The differences between small group models &amp; finding the right one that fits your church culture</li><li>What essential qualities to look for in prospective leaders</li><li>Thinking differently &amp; changing your methods to find new leaders</li><li>The value of being connected to a network of small group point people</li><li>The importance of creating easy on ramps when recruiting new leaders</li></ul>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p><strong>Promo: Making Time<br></strong><br>You have the same 24 hours in your day as the most accomplished people in the world. So why doesn't it feel that way? Follow along on this special 6 episode series as we take a look at how to make more time. By following biblical principles and taking a look at what you really want, Making Time shares the secret to having all the time you need... with a little help from some friends.</p><p>Learn more and download group guides at <a href="https://lumivoz.com/making-time/">https://lumivoz.com/making-time/</a></p><p>For questions, comments, or sharing your tips on how to make more time, reach out to <a href="mailto:makingtime@lumivoz.com">makingtime@lumivoz.com</a></p><p>------------------------------------------------------------------------------</p><br><p>In this week's “Here to There” podcast, Host <a href="https://twitter.com/TaketaCarolyn">Carolyn Taketa</a> talks with Daniel about the following topics in this exciting interview…</p><ul><li>The differences between small group models &amp; finding the right one that fits your church culture</li><li>What essential qualities to look for in prospective leaders</li><li>Thinking differently &amp; changing your methods to find new leaders</li><li>The value of being connected to a network of small group point people</li><li>The importance of creating easy on ramps when recruiting new leaders</li></ul>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Wed, 05 Apr 2023 04:00:00 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Carolyn Taketa | Lumivoz</author>
      <enclosure url="https://op3.dev/e/dts.podtrac.com/redirect.mp3/media.transistor.fm/65069834/4fd04f06.mp3" length="78616419" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Carolyn Taketa | Lumivoz</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>2415</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p><strong>Promo: Making Time<br></strong><br>You have the same 24 hours in your day as the most accomplished people in the world. So why doesn't it feel that way? Follow along on this special 6 episode series as we take a look at how to make more time. By following biblical principles and taking a look at what you really want, Making Time shares the secret to having all the time you need... with a little help from some friends.</p><p>Learn more and download group guides at <a href="https://lumivoz.com/making-time/">https://lumivoz.com/making-time/</a></p><p>For questions, comments, or sharing your tips on how to make more time, reach out to <a href="mailto:makingtime@lumivoz.com">makingtime@lumivoz.com</a></p><p>------------------------------------------------------------------------------</p><br><p>In this week's “Here to There” podcast, Host <a href="https://twitter.com/TaketaCarolyn">Carolyn Taketa</a> talks with Daniel about the following topics in this exciting interview…</p><ul><li>The differences between small group models &amp; finding the right one that fits your church culture</li><li>What essential qualities to look for in prospective leaders</li><li>Thinking differently &amp; changing your methods to find new leaders</li><li>The value of being connected to a network of small group point people</li><li>The importance of creating easy on ramps when recruiting new leaders</li></ul>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>church groups, church small groups, bible study, author interviews, how to do church, how to do small groups, community groups, group leadership, bible leadership, how to read the bible</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Three Seasons of Ministry: What I Wish I Had Known Pt 3 w/ Steve Gladen</title>
      <itunes:episode>37</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>37</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>Three Seasons of Ministry: What I Wish I Had Known Pt 3 w/ Steve Gladen</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">1414642b-ef4b-4798-a3c8-a81edbe24102</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/ee326980</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p><strong>Promo: Making Time<br></strong><br>You have the same 24 hours in your day as the most accomplished people in the world. So why doesn't it feel that way? Follow along on this special 6 episode series as we take a look at how to make more time. By following biblical principles and taking a look at what you really want, Making Time shares the secret to having all the time you need... with a little help from some friends.</p><p>Learn more and download group guides at <a href="https://lumivoz.com/making-time/">https://lumivoz.com/making-time/</a></p><p>For questions, comments, or sharing your tips on how to make more time, reach out to <a href="mailto:makingtime@lumivoz.com">makingtime@lumivoz.com</a></p><p>------------------------------------------------------------------------------</p><br><p>Three Seasons of Ministry: What I Wish I Had Known</p><p>Part 3: Sustaining </p><p><a href="https://twitter.com/SteveGladen">Steve Gladen</a> has served as the Global Pastor of Small Groups at Saddleback Church since 1998. He oversees the strategic launch and development of over 7,000 adult small groups on multiple campuses. Steve has authored “Small Groups With Purpose,” which has translated into eight languages to date, and “Leading Small Groups With Purpose.” Steve is also the Founder of the Small Group Network (SGN) giving influence and oversight to all the SGN initiatives.</p><p>In part 3 of this 3 part “Group Talk” podcast series, host <a href="https://twitter.com/TaketaCarolyn">Carolyn Taketa</a> interviews Steve on the following topics in this exciting interview about 5 things to pay attention to in each season of ministry.</p><ul><li>How to build a board of directors that can help navigate &amp; sustain life &amp; ministry</li><li>How to pour into &amp; equip other churches &amp; leaders</li><li>Learning to trust, yet verify</li><li>How to be aware of tunnel vision</li><li>How to stay hungry for the long haul</li></ul>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p><strong>Promo: Making Time<br></strong><br>You have the same 24 hours in your day as the most accomplished people in the world. So why doesn't it feel that way? Follow along on this special 6 episode series as we take a look at how to make more time. By following biblical principles and taking a look at what you really want, Making Time shares the secret to having all the time you need... with a little help from some friends.</p><p>Learn more and download group guides at <a href="https://lumivoz.com/making-time/">https://lumivoz.com/making-time/</a></p><p>For questions, comments, or sharing your tips on how to make more time, reach out to <a href="mailto:makingtime@lumivoz.com">makingtime@lumivoz.com</a></p><p>------------------------------------------------------------------------------</p><br><p>Three Seasons of Ministry: What I Wish I Had Known</p><p>Part 3: Sustaining </p><p><a href="https://twitter.com/SteveGladen">Steve Gladen</a> has served as the Global Pastor of Small Groups at Saddleback Church since 1998. He oversees the strategic launch and development of over 7,000 adult small groups on multiple campuses. Steve has authored “Small Groups With Purpose,” which has translated into eight languages to date, and “Leading Small Groups With Purpose.” Steve is also the Founder of the Small Group Network (SGN) giving influence and oversight to all the SGN initiatives.</p><p>In part 3 of this 3 part “Group Talk” podcast series, host <a href="https://twitter.com/TaketaCarolyn">Carolyn Taketa</a> interviews Steve on the following topics in this exciting interview about 5 things to pay attention to in each season of ministry.</p><ul><li>How to build a board of directors that can help navigate &amp; sustain life &amp; ministry</li><li>How to pour into &amp; equip other churches &amp; leaders</li><li>Learning to trust, yet verify</li><li>How to be aware of tunnel vision</li><li>How to stay hungry for the long haul</li></ul>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Wed, 22 Mar 2023 04:00:00 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Carolyn Taketa | Lumivoz</author>
      <enclosure url="https://op3.dev/e/dts.podtrac.com/redirect.mp3/media.transistor.fm/ee326980/fc4da8d6.mp3" length="59564123" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Carolyn Taketa | Lumivoz</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>1816</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p><strong>Promo: Making Time<br></strong><br>You have the same 24 hours in your day as the most accomplished people in the world. So why doesn't it feel that way? Follow along on this special 6 episode series as we take a look at how to make more time. By following biblical principles and taking a look at what you really want, Making Time shares the secret to having all the time you need... with a little help from some friends.</p><p>Learn more and download group guides at <a href="https://lumivoz.com/making-time/">https://lumivoz.com/making-time/</a></p><p>For questions, comments, or sharing your tips on how to make more time, reach out to <a href="mailto:makingtime@lumivoz.com">makingtime@lumivoz.com</a></p><p>------------------------------------------------------------------------------</p><br><p>Three Seasons of Ministry: What I Wish I Had Known</p><p>Part 3: Sustaining </p><p><a href="https://twitter.com/SteveGladen">Steve Gladen</a> has served as the Global Pastor of Small Groups at Saddleback Church since 1998. He oversees the strategic launch and development of over 7,000 adult small groups on multiple campuses. Steve has authored “Small Groups With Purpose,” which has translated into eight languages to date, and “Leading Small Groups With Purpose.” Steve is also the Founder of the Small Group Network (SGN) giving influence and oversight to all the SGN initiatives.</p><p>In part 3 of this 3 part “Group Talk” podcast series, host <a href="https://twitter.com/TaketaCarolyn">Carolyn Taketa</a> interviews Steve on the following topics in this exciting interview about 5 things to pay attention to in each season of ministry.</p><ul><li>How to build a board of directors that can help navigate &amp; sustain life &amp; ministry</li><li>How to pour into &amp; equip other churches &amp; leaders</li><li>Learning to trust, yet verify</li><li>How to be aware of tunnel vision</li><li>How to stay hungry for the long haul</li></ul>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>church groups, church small groups, bible study, author interviews, how to do church, how to do small groups, community groups, group leadership, bible leadership, how to read the bible</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Three Seasons of Ministry: What I Wish I Had Known Pt 2 w/ Steve Gladen</title>
      <itunes:episode>36</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>36</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>Three Seasons of Ministry: What I Wish I Had Known Pt 2 w/ Steve Gladen</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">00bd42f7-8234-41c8-b467-19048818a316</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/6f9011f3</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p><strong>Promo: Making Time<br></strong><br>You have the same 24 hours in your day as the most accomplished people in the world. So why doesn't it feel that way? Follow along on this special 6 episode series as we take a look at how to make more time. By following biblical principles and taking a look at what you really want, Making Time shares the secret to having all the time you need... with a little help from some friends.</p><p>Learn more and download group guides at <a href="https://lumivoz.com/making-time/">https://lumivoz.com/making-time/</a></p><p>For questions, comments, or sharing your tips on how to make more time, reach out to <a href="mailto:makingtime@lumivoz.com">makingtime@lumivoz.com</a></p><p>------------------------------------------------------------------------------</p><br><p>Three Seasons of Ministry: What I Wish I Had Known</p><p>Part 2: Stabilizing</p><p><a href="https://twitter.com/SteveGladen">Steve Gladen</a> has served as the Global Pastor of Small Groups at Saddleback Church since 1998. He oversees the strategic launch and development of over 7,000 adult small groups on multiple campuses. Steve has authored “Small Groups With Purpose,” which has been translated into eight languages to date, and “Leading Small Groups With Purpose.” Steve is also the Founder of the Small Group Network (SGN) giving influence and oversight to all the SGN initiatives.</p><p>In part 2 of this 3 part “Group Talk” podcast series, host <a href="https://twitter.com/TaketaCarolyn">Carolyn Taketa</a> interviews Steve on the following topics in this exciting interview about 5 things to pay attention to in each season of ministry.</p><ul><li>Learning to understand and flow with your church culture</li><li>Creating a blue-print for your ministry and knowing what to focus on</li><li>Stopping drift and staying true to your metrics</li><li>Remembering your calling and overcoming <strong>insecurities</strong></li><li>Growing your volunteer leadership team</li></ul>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p><strong>Promo: Making Time<br></strong><br>You have the same 24 hours in your day as the most accomplished people in the world. So why doesn't it feel that way? Follow along on this special 6 episode series as we take a look at how to make more time. By following biblical principles and taking a look at what you really want, Making Time shares the secret to having all the time you need... with a little help from some friends.</p><p>Learn more and download group guides at <a href="https://lumivoz.com/making-time/">https://lumivoz.com/making-time/</a></p><p>For questions, comments, or sharing your tips on how to make more time, reach out to <a href="mailto:makingtime@lumivoz.com">makingtime@lumivoz.com</a></p><p>------------------------------------------------------------------------------</p><br><p>Three Seasons of Ministry: What I Wish I Had Known</p><p>Part 2: Stabilizing</p><p><a href="https://twitter.com/SteveGladen">Steve Gladen</a> has served as the Global Pastor of Small Groups at Saddleback Church since 1998. He oversees the strategic launch and development of over 7,000 adult small groups on multiple campuses. Steve has authored “Small Groups With Purpose,” which has been translated into eight languages to date, and “Leading Small Groups With Purpose.” Steve is also the Founder of the Small Group Network (SGN) giving influence and oversight to all the SGN initiatives.</p><p>In part 2 of this 3 part “Group Talk” podcast series, host <a href="https://twitter.com/TaketaCarolyn">Carolyn Taketa</a> interviews Steve on the following topics in this exciting interview about 5 things to pay attention to in each season of ministry.</p><ul><li>Learning to understand and flow with your church culture</li><li>Creating a blue-print for your ministry and knowing what to focus on</li><li>Stopping drift and staying true to your metrics</li><li>Remembering your calling and overcoming <strong>insecurities</strong></li><li>Growing your volunteer leadership team</li></ul>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Wed, 15 Mar 2023 04:00:00 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Carolyn Taketa | Lumivoz</author>
      <enclosure url="https://op3.dev/e/dts.podtrac.com/redirect.mp3/media.transistor.fm/6f9011f3/aac8ca29.mp3" length="57590336" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Carolyn Taketa | Lumivoz</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>1778</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p><strong>Promo: Making Time<br></strong><br>You have the same 24 hours in your day as the most accomplished people in the world. So why doesn't it feel that way? Follow along on this special 6 episode series as we take a look at how to make more time. By following biblical principles and taking a look at what you really want, Making Time shares the secret to having all the time you need... with a little help from some friends.</p><p>Learn more and download group guides at <a href="https://lumivoz.com/making-time/">https://lumivoz.com/making-time/</a></p><p>For questions, comments, or sharing your tips on how to make more time, reach out to <a href="mailto:makingtime@lumivoz.com">makingtime@lumivoz.com</a></p><p>------------------------------------------------------------------------------</p><br><p>Three Seasons of Ministry: What I Wish I Had Known</p><p>Part 2: Stabilizing</p><p><a href="https://twitter.com/SteveGladen">Steve Gladen</a> has served as the Global Pastor of Small Groups at Saddleback Church since 1998. He oversees the strategic launch and development of over 7,000 adult small groups on multiple campuses. Steve has authored “Small Groups With Purpose,” which has been translated into eight languages to date, and “Leading Small Groups With Purpose.” Steve is also the Founder of the Small Group Network (SGN) giving influence and oversight to all the SGN initiatives.</p><p>In part 2 of this 3 part “Group Talk” podcast series, host <a href="https://twitter.com/TaketaCarolyn">Carolyn Taketa</a> interviews Steve on the following topics in this exciting interview about 5 things to pay attention to in each season of ministry.</p><ul><li>Learning to understand and flow with your church culture</li><li>Creating a blue-print for your ministry and knowing what to focus on</li><li>Stopping drift and staying true to your metrics</li><li>Remembering your calling and overcoming <strong>insecurities</strong></li><li>Growing your volunteer leadership team</li></ul>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>church groups, church small groups, bible study, author interviews, how to do church, how to do small groups, community groups, group leadership, bible leadership, how to read the bible</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Three Seasons of Ministry: What I Wish I Had Known Pt 1 w/ Steve Gladen</title>
      <itunes:episode>35</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>35</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>Three Seasons of Ministry: What I Wish I Had Known Pt 1 w/ Steve Gladen</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">6d108b62-8c93-4564-ab01-ecb24d46f0f2</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/6447f401</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p><strong>Promo: Making Time<br></strong><br>You have the same 24 hours in your day as the most accomplished people in the world. So why doesn't it feel that way? Follow along on this special 6 episode series as we take a look at how to make more time. By following biblical principles and taking a look at what you really want, Making Time shares the secret to having all the time you need... with a little help from some friends.</p><p>Learn more and download group guides at <a href="https://lumivoz.com/making-time/">https://lumivoz.com/making-time/</a></p><p>For questions, comments, or sharing your tips on how to make more time, reach out to <a href="mailto:makingtime@lumivoz.com">makingtime@lumivoz.com</a></p><p>------------------------------------------------------------------------------</p><br><p>Three Seasons of Ministry: What I Wish I Had Known</p><p>Part 1: Starting</p><p><a href="https://twitter.com/SteveGladen">Steve Gladen</a> has served as the Global Pastor of Small Groups at Saddleback Church since 1998. He oversees the strategic launch and development of over 7,000 adult small groups on multiple campuses. Steve has authored “Small Groups With Purpose,” which has been translated into eight languages to date, and “Leading Small Groups With Purpose.” Steve is also the Founder of the Small Group Network (SGN) giving influence and oversight to all the SGN initiatives.</p><p>In part 1 of this 3 part “Here To There” podcast series, host <a href="https://twitter.com/TaketaCarolyn">Carolyn Taketa</a> interviews Steve on the following topics in this exciting interview about 5 things to pay attention to in each season of ministry.</p><ul><li>The main objectives to focus on in year one of being a new small group point person.</li><li>Building trust with your senior leadership (<a href="http://blog.smallgroupnetwork.com/pastorbuyin/">Listen to Steve discuss this more</a>.) </li><li>Taking time to develop a blue-print for your ministry </li><li>Staring out with small steps</li><li>The 5 phases of changing church culture </li><li>Building relationships &amp; finding the right mentors to support you</li></ul>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p><strong>Promo: Making Time<br></strong><br>You have the same 24 hours in your day as the most accomplished people in the world. So why doesn't it feel that way? Follow along on this special 6 episode series as we take a look at how to make more time. By following biblical principles and taking a look at what you really want, Making Time shares the secret to having all the time you need... with a little help from some friends.</p><p>Learn more and download group guides at <a href="https://lumivoz.com/making-time/">https://lumivoz.com/making-time/</a></p><p>For questions, comments, or sharing your tips on how to make more time, reach out to <a href="mailto:makingtime@lumivoz.com">makingtime@lumivoz.com</a></p><p>------------------------------------------------------------------------------</p><br><p>Three Seasons of Ministry: What I Wish I Had Known</p><p>Part 1: Starting</p><p><a href="https://twitter.com/SteveGladen">Steve Gladen</a> has served as the Global Pastor of Small Groups at Saddleback Church since 1998. He oversees the strategic launch and development of over 7,000 adult small groups on multiple campuses. Steve has authored “Small Groups With Purpose,” which has been translated into eight languages to date, and “Leading Small Groups With Purpose.” Steve is also the Founder of the Small Group Network (SGN) giving influence and oversight to all the SGN initiatives.</p><p>In part 1 of this 3 part “Here To There” podcast series, host <a href="https://twitter.com/TaketaCarolyn">Carolyn Taketa</a> interviews Steve on the following topics in this exciting interview about 5 things to pay attention to in each season of ministry.</p><ul><li>The main objectives to focus on in year one of being a new small group point person.</li><li>Building trust with your senior leadership (<a href="http://blog.smallgroupnetwork.com/pastorbuyin/">Listen to Steve discuss this more</a>.) </li><li>Taking time to develop a blue-print for your ministry </li><li>Staring out with small steps</li><li>The 5 phases of changing church culture </li><li>Building relationships &amp; finding the right mentors to support you</li></ul>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Wed, 08 Mar 2023 04:00:00 -0800</pubDate>
      <author>Carolyn Taketa | Lumivoz</author>
      <enclosure url="https://op3.dev/e/dts.podtrac.com/redirect.mp3/media.transistor.fm/6447f401/cee3a129.mp3" length="54594043" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Carolyn Taketa | Lumivoz</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>1665</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p><strong>Promo: Making Time<br></strong><br>You have the same 24 hours in your day as the most accomplished people in the world. So why doesn't it feel that way? Follow along on this special 6 episode series as we take a look at how to make more time. By following biblical principles and taking a look at what you really want, Making Time shares the secret to having all the time you need... with a little help from some friends.</p><p>Learn more and download group guides at <a href="https://lumivoz.com/making-time/">https://lumivoz.com/making-time/</a></p><p>For questions, comments, or sharing your tips on how to make more time, reach out to <a href="mailto:makingtime@lumivoz.com">makingtime@lumivoz.com</a></p><p>------------------------------------------------------------------------------</p><br><p>Three Seasons of Ministry: What I Wish I Had Known</p><p>Part 1: Starting</p><p><a href="https://twitter.com/SteveGladen">Steve Gladen</a> has served as the Global Pastor of Small Groups at Saddleback Church since 1998. He oversees the strategic launch and development of over 7,000 adult small groups on multiple campuses. Steve has authored “Small Groups With Purpose,” which has been translated into eight languages to date, and “Leading Small Groups With Purpose.” Steve is also the Founder of the Small Group Network (SGN) giving influence and oversight to all the SGN initiatives.</p><p>In part 1 of this 3 part “Here To There” podcast series, host <a href="https://twitter.com/TaketaCarolyn">Carolyn Taketa</a> interviews Steve on the following topics in this exciting interview about 5 things to pay attention to in each season of ministry.</p><ul><li>The main objectives to focus on in year one of being a new small group point person.</li><li>Building trust with your senior leadership (<a href="http://blog.smallgroupnetwork.com/pastorbuyin/">Listen to Steve discuss this more</a>.) </li><li>Taking time to develop a blue-print for your ministry </li><li>Staring out with small steps</li><li>The 5 phases of changing church culture </li><li>Building relationships &amp; finding the right mentors to support you</li></ul>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>church groups, church small groups, bible study, author interviews, how to do church, how to do small groups, community groups, group leadership, bible leadership, how to read the bible</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Small Groups vs Support Groups: What's the Difference? Part 2</title>
      <itunes:episode>34</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>34</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>Small Groups vs Support Groups: What's the Difference? Part 2</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">1dbde627-e91e-49ce-8fba-a23ec3375c0e</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/81fe42bd</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p><strong>Promo: Making Time<br></strong><br>You have the same 24 hours in your day as the most accomplished people in the world. So why doesn't it feel that way? Follow along on this special 6 episode series as we take a look at how to make more time. By following biblical principles and taking a look at what you really want, Making Time shares the secret to having all the time you need... with a little help from some friends.</p><p>Learn more and download group guides at <a href="https://lumivoz.com/making-time/">https://lumivoz.com/making-time/</a></p><p>For questions, comments, or sharing your tips on how to make more time, reach out to <a href="mailto:makingtime@lumivoz.com">makingtime@lumivoz.com</a></p><p>------------------------------------------------------------------------------</p><br><p>What is the difference between small groups and support groups? How do we care for the people in our small groups in ways that are healthy without becoming therapists for them? How do we keep small groups on track for their intended purpose? If you or anyone on your team is wrestling with these questions, you've come to the right place!</p><p><a href="https://twitter.com/JonathanNoto">Jon Noto</a> serves as Community Life Pastor at one of Willow Creek Community Church’s regional campuses. Jon coordinates discipleship and pastoral care, bringing his insights as a therapist to unite both ministries. Prior to serving at Willow Creek, Jon was a clinical therapist in a variety of settings, including Christian private practice and community mental health. Jon also writes for a number of online publications including the Small Group Network, smallgroups.com, along with his own website, <a href="http://www.theunwavering.com/">theunwavering.com</a></p><p>In part 2 of this month’s “Group Talk” podcast, Host <a href="https://twitter.com/TaketaCarolyn">Carolyn Taketa</a> asks Jon the following questions and addresses the following topics in this exciting interview…</p><ul><li>How do you council leaders to handle broken &amp; hurting people?</li><li>Knowing when group members should give special care to someone in the group</li><li>How long is an appropriate period of time to deal with a crisis during a group?</li><li>The three categories of "Needy" people</li></ul>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p><strong>Promo: Making Time<br></strong><br>You have the same 24 hours in your day as the most accomplished people in the world. So why doesn't it feel that way? Follow along on this special 6 episode series as we take a look at how to make more time. By following biblical principles and taking a look at what you really want, Making Time shares the secret to having all the time you need... with a little help from some friends.</p><p>Learn more and download group guides at <a href="https://lumivoz.com/making-time/">https://lumivoz.com/making-time/</a></p><p>For questions, comments, or sharing your tips on how to make more time, reach out to <a href="mailto:makingtime@lumivoz.com">makingtime@lumivoz.com</a></p><p>------------------------------------------------------------------------------</p><br><p>What is the difference between small groups and support groups? How do we care for the people in our small groups in ways that are healthy without becoming therapists for them? How do we keep small groups on track for their intended purpose? If you or anyone on your team is wrestling with these questions, you've come to the right place!</p><p><a href="https://twitter.com/JonathanNoto">Jon Noto</a> serves as Community Life Pastor at one of Willow Creek Community Church’s regional campuses. Jon coordinates discipleship and pastoral care, bringing his insights as a therapist to unite both ministries. Prior to serving at Willow Creek, Jon was a clinical therapist in a variety of settings, including Christian private practice and community mental health. Jon also writes for a number of online publications including the Small Group Network, smallgroups.com, along with his own website, <a href="http://www.theunwavering.com/">theunwavering.com</a></p><p>In part 2 of this month’s “Group Talk” podcast, Host <a href="https://twitter.com/TaketaCarolyn">Carolyn Taketa</a> asks Jon the following questions and addresses the following topics in this exciting interview…</p><ul><li>How do you council leaders to handle broken &amp; hurting people?</li><li>Knowing when group members should give special care to someone in the group</li><li>How long is an appropriate period of time to deal with a crisis during a group?</li><li>The three categories of "Needy" people</li></ul>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Wed, 01 Mar 2023 04:00:00 -0800</pubDate>
      <author>Carolyn Taketa | Lumivoz</author>
      <enclosure url="https://op3.dev/e/dts.podtrac.com/redirect.mp3/media.transistor.fm/81fe42bd/fc6b3ba4.mp3" length="60392992" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Carolyn Taketa | Lumivoz</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>1838</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p><strong>Promo: Making Time<br></strong><br>You have the same 24 hours in your day as the most accomplished people in the world. So why doesn't it feel that way? Follow along on this special 6 episode series as we take a look at how to make more time. By following biblical principles and taking a look at what you really want, Making Time shares the secret to having all the time you need... with a little help from some friends.</p><p>Learn more and download group guides at <a href="https://lumivoz.com/making-time/">https://lumivoz.com/making-time/</a></p><p>For questions, comments, or sharing your tips on how to make more time, reach out to <a href="mailto:makingtime@lumivoz.com">makingtime@lumivoz.com</a></p><p>------------------------------------------------------------------------------</p><br><p>What is the difference between small groups and support groups? How do we care for the people in our small groups in ways that are healthy without becoming therapists for them? How do we keep small groups on track for their intended purpose? If you or anyone on your team is wrestling with these questions, you've come to the right place!</p><p><a href="https://twitter.com/JonathanNoto">Jon Noto</a> serves as Community Life Pastor at one of Willow Creek Community Church’s regional campuses. Jon coordinates discipleship and pastoral care, bringing his insights as a therapist to unite both ministries. Prior to serving at Willow Creek, Jon was a clinical therapist in a variety of settings, including Christian private practice and community mental health. Jon also writes for a number of online publications including the Small Group Network, smallgroups.com, along with his own website, <a href="http://www.theunwavering.com/">theunwavering.com</a></p><p>In part 2 of this month’s “Group Talk” podcast, Host <a href="https://twitter.com/TaketaCarolyn">Carolyn Taketa</a> asks Jon the following questions and addresses the following topics in this exciting interview…</p><ul><li>How do you council leaders to handle broken &amp; hurting people?</li><li>Knowing when group members should give special care to someone in the group</li><li>How long is an appropriate period of time to deal with a crisis during a group?</li><li>The three categories of "Needy" people</li></ul>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>church groups, church small groups, bible study, author interviews, how to do church, how to do small groups, community groups, group leadership, bible leadership, how to read the bible</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Small Groups vs Support Groups: What's the Difference? Part 1</title>
      <itunes:episode>33</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>33</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>Small Groups vs Support Groups: What's the Difference? Part 1</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">508237ba-4d14-41a7-a4d3-2d071b9d47ec</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/49a76177</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p><strong>Promo: Making Time<br></strong><br>You have the same 24 hours in your day as the most accomplished people in the world. So why doesn't it feel that way? Follow along on this special 6 episode series as we take a look at how to make more time. By following biblical principles and taking a look at what you really want, Making Time shares the secret to having all the time you need... with a little help from some friends.</p><p>Learn more and download group guides at <a href="https://lumivoz.com/making-time/">https://lumivoz.com/making-time/</a></p><p>For questions, comments, or sharing your tips on how to make more time, reach out to <a href="mailto:makingtime@lumivoz.com">makingtime@lumivoz.com</a></p><p>------------------------------------------------------------------------------</p><br><p>What is the difference between small groups and support groups? How do we care for the people in our small groups in ways that are healthy without becoming therapists for them? How do we keep small groups on track for their intended purpose? If you or anyone on your team is wrestling with these questions, you've come to the right place!</p><p><a href="https://twitter.com/JonathanNoto">Jon Noto</a> serves as Community Life Pastor at one of Willow Creek Community Church’s regional campuses. Jon coordinates discipleship and pastoral care, bringing his insights as a therapist to unite both ministries. Prior to serving at Willow Creek, Jon was a clinical therapist in a variety of settings, including Christian private practice and community mental health. Jon also writes for a number of online publications including the Small Group Network, smallgroups.com, along with his own website, <a href="http://www.theunwavering.com/">theunwavering.com</a></p><p>In this month’s “Group Talk” podcast, Host <a href="https://twitter.com/TaketaCarolyn">Carolyn Taketa</a> asks Jon the following questions and more in this exciting interview…</p><ul><li>How would you define a support group?</li><li>How can small groups help people differently than support groups can?</li><li>What do support groups do well that we can apply to small groups?</li></ul>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p><strong>Promo: Making Time<br></strong><br>You have the same 24 hours in your day as the most accomplished people in the world. So why doesn't it feel that way? Follow along on this special 6 episode series as we take a look at how to make more time. By following biblical principles and taking a look at what you really want, Making Time shares the secret to having all the time you need... with a little help from some friends.</p><p>Learn more and download group guides at <a href="https://lumivoz.com/making-time/">https://lumivoz.com/making-time/</a></p><p>For questions, comments, or sharing your tips on how to make more time, reach out to <a href="mailto:makingtime@lumivoz.com">makingtime@lumivoz.com</a></p><p>------------------------------------------------------------------------------</p><br><p>What is the difference between small groups and support groups? How do we care for the people in our small groups in ways that are healthy without becoming therapists for them? How do we keep small groups on track for their intended purpose? If you or anyone on your team is wrestling with these questions, you've come to the right place!</p><p><a href="https://twitter.com/JonathanNoto">Jon Noto</a> serves as Community Life Pastor at one of Willow Creek Community Church’s regional campuses. Jon coordinates discipleship and pastoral care, bringing his insights as a therapist to unite both ministries. Prior to serving at Willow Creek, Jon was a clinical therapist in a variety of settings, including Christian private practice and community mental health. Jon also writes for a number of online publications including the Small Group Network, smallgroups.com, along with his own website, <a href="http://www.theunwavering.com/">theunwavering.com</a></p><p>In this month’s “Group Talk” podcast, Host <a href="https://twitter.com/TaketaCarolyn">Carolyn Taketa</a> asks Jon the following questions and more in this exciting interview…</p><ul><li>How would you define a support group?</li><li>How can small groups help people differently than support groups can?</li><li>What do support groups do well that we can apply to small groups?</li></ul>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Wed, 22 Feb 2023 04:00:00 -0800</pubDate>
      <author>Carolyn Taketa | Lumivoz</author>
      <enclosure url="https://op3.dev/e/dts.podtrac.com/redirect.mp3/media.transistor.fm/49a76177/ba04ae92.mp3" length="60262117" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Carolyn Taketa | Lumivoz</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>1839</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p><strong>Promo: Making Time<br></strong><br>You have the same 24 hours in your day as the most accomplished people in the world. So why doesn't it feel that way? Follow along on this special 6 episode series as we take a look at how to make more time. By following biblical principles and taking a look at what you really want, Making Time shares the secret to having all the time you need... with a little help from some friends.</p><p>Learn more and download group guides at <a href="https://lumivoz.com/making-time/">https://lumivoz.com/making-time/</a></p><p>For questions, comments, or sharing your tips on how to make more time, reach out to <a href="mailto:makingtime@lumivoz.com">makingtime@lumivoz.com</a></p><p>------------------------------------------------------------------------------</p><br><p>What is the difference between small groups and support groups? How do we care for the people in our small groups in ways that are healthy without becoming therapists for them? How do we keep small groups on track for their intended purpose? If you or anyone on your team is wrestling with these questions, you've come to the right place!</p><p><a href="https://twitter.com/JonathanNoto">Jon Noto</a> serves as Community Life Pastor at one of Willow Creek Community Church’s regional campuses. Jon coordinates discipleship and pastoral care, bringing his insights as a therapist to unite both ministries. Prior to serving at Willow Creek, Jon was a clinical therapist in a variety of settings, including Christian private practice and community mental health. Jon also writes for a number of online publications including the Small Group Network, smallgroups.com, along with his own website, <a href="http://www.theunwavering.com/">theunwavering.com</a></p><p>In this month’s “Group Talk” podcast, Host <a href="https://twitter.com/TaketaCarolyn">Carolyn Taketa</a> asks Jon the following questions and more in this exciting interview…</p><ul><li>How would you define a support group?</li><li>How can small groups help people differently than support groups can?</li><li>What do support groups do well that we can apply to small groups?</li></ul>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>church groups, church small groups, bible study, author interviews, how to do church, how to do small groups, community groups, group leadership, bible leadership, how to read the bible</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Nuts &amp; Bolts of Sermon-Based Curriculum for Small Groups</title>
      <itunes:episode>32</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>32</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>The Nuts &amp; Bolts of Sermon-Based Curriculum for Small Groups</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">58bdaf6e-63d7-407f-b88e-15e93f5acf46</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/64453b0d</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p><strong>Promo: Making Time<br></strong><br>You have the same 24 hours in your day as the most accomplished people in the world. So why doesn't it feel that way? Follow along on this special 6 episode series as we take a look at how to make more time. By following biblical principles and taking a look at what you really want, Making Time shares the secret to having all the time you need... with a little help from some friends.</p><p>Learn more and download group guides at <a href="https://lumivoz.com/making-time/">https://lumivoz.com/making-time/</a></p><p>For questions, comments, or sharing your tips on how to make more time, reach out to <a href="mailto:makingtime@lumivoz.com">makingtime@lumivoz.com</a></p><p>------------------------------------------------------------------------------</p><br><p>"What will our groups study?" This is a common question in groups ministry and one that is critically important in shaping the dynamics and discipleship process of a group. The sermon based model has been increasingly popular over the past decade and can be a valuable tool to helping groups get into Scripture with one another in practical, life-changing ways. In this conversation with Dave Ennes, we unpack the what, why, and how of the sermon-based model.</p><p><em>Dave has been on staff at North Coast Church (the Sticky Church) since 1990 and is the lead pastor of their Small Groups Ministry. He oversees a team of 25 staff, 1,500 lay leaders and over 7,000 who attend their home groups. Under Dave’s leadership, North Coast remains well-known for maintaining over 80% adult participation in weekly home groups. He has also played an integral role in</em> <em>helping North Coast grow from 700 to now over 12,000 weekend attendees. Given Dave’s decades of experience, his coaching and training has been valuable for</em> <em>small group leaders and veteran ministry leaders around the country, no matter the</em> <em>size or type of ministry. Host Carolyn Taketa asks Dave the following questions and more in this exclusive interview!</em></p><ul><li>What are the basic aspects of the sermon based small group model?</li><li>What are the advantages of using sermon based curriculums for small groups?</li><li>What are the challenges of the sermon based model?</li></ul>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p><strong>Promo: Making Time<br></strong><br>You have the same 24 hours in your day as the most accomplished people in the world. So why doesn't it feel that way? Follow along on this special 6 episode series as we take a look at how to make more time. By following biblical principles and taking a look at what you really want, Making Time shares the secret to having all the time you need... with a little help from some friends.</p><p>Learn more and download group guides at <a href="https://lumivoz.com/making-time/">https://lumivoz.com/making-time/</a></p><p>For questions, comments, or sharing your tips on how to make more time, reach out to <a href="mailto:makingtime@lumivoz.com">makingtime@lumivoz.com</a></p><p>------------------------------------------------------------------------------</p><br><p>"What will our groups study?" This is a common question in groups ministry and one that is critically important in shaping the dynamics and discipleship process of a group. The sermon based model has been increasingly popular over the past decade and can be a valuable tool to helping groups get into Scripture with one another in practical, life-changing ways. In this conversation with Dave Ennes, we unpack the what, why, and how of the sermon-based model.</p><p><em>Dave has been on staff at North Coast Church (the Sticky Church) since 1990 and is the lead pastor of their Small Groups Ministry. He oversees a team of 25 staff, 1,500 lay leaders and over 7,000 who attend their home groups. Under Dave’s leadership, North Coast remains well-known for maintaining over 80% adult participation in weekly home groups. He has also played an integral role in</em> <em>helping North Coast grow from 700 to now over 12,000 weekend attendees. Given Dave’s decades of experience, his coaching and training has been valuable for</em> <em>small group leaders and veteran ministry leaders around the country, no matter the</em> <em>size or type of ministry. Host Carolyn Taketa asks Dave the following questions and more in this exclusive interview!</em></p><ul><li>What are the basic aspects of the sermon based small group model?</li><li>What are the advantages of using sermon based curriculums for small groups?</li><li>What are the challenges of the sermon based model?</li></ul>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Wed, 15 Feb 2023 04:00:00 -0800</pubDate>
      <author>Carolyn Taketa | Lumivoz</author>
      <enclosure url="https://op3.dev/e/dts.podtrac.com/redirect.mp3/media.transistor.fm/64453b0d/d7d40795.mp3" length="86075034" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Carolyn Taketa | Lumivoz</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>2594</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p><strong>Promo: Making Time<br></strong><br>You have the same 24 hours in your day as the most accomplished people in the world. So why doesn't it feel that way? Follow along on this special 6 episode series as we take a look at how to make more time. By following biblical principles and taking a look at what you really want, Making Time shares the secret to having all the time you need... with a little help from some friends.</p><p>Learn more and download group guides at <a href="https://lumivoz.com/making-time/">https://lumivoz.com/making-time/</a></p><p>For questions, comments, or sharing your tips on how to make more time, reach out to <a href="mailto:makingtime@lumivoz.com">makingtime@lumivoz.com</a></p><p>------------------------------------------------------------------------------</p><br><p>"What will our groups study?" This is a common question in groups ministry and one that is critically important in shaping the dynamics and discipleship process of a group. The sermon based model has been increasingly popular over the past decade and can be a valuable tool to helping groups get into Scripture with one another in practical, life-changing ways. In this conversation with Dave Ennes, we unpack the what, why, and how of the sermon-based model.</p><p><em>Dave has been on staff at North Coast Church (the Sticky Church) since 1990 and is the lead pastor of their Small Groups Ministry. He oversees a team of 25 staff, 1,500 lay leaders and over 7,000 who attend their home groups. Under Dave’s leadership, North Coast remains well-known for maintaining over 80% adult participation in weekly home groups. He has also played an integral role in</em> <em>helping North Coast grow from 700 to now over 12,000 weekend attendees. Given Dave’s decades of experience, his coaching and training has been valuable for</em> <em>small group leaders and veteran ministry leaders around the country, no matter the</em> <em>size or type of ministry. Host Carolyn Taketa asks Dave the following questions and more in this exclusive interview!</em></p><ul><li>What are the basic aspects of the sermon based small group model?</li><li>What are the advantages of using sermon based curriculums for small groups?</li><li>What are the challenges of the sermon based model?</li></ul>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>church groups, church small groups, bible study, author interviews, how to do church, how to do small groups, community groups, group leadership, bible leadership, how to read the bible</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Leading from a Healthy Soul: How to Avoid Ministry Burnout</title>
      <itunes:episode>31</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>31</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>Leading from a Healthy Soul: How to Avoid Ministry Burnout</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">4c0977c8-a5a4-4f26-9a4b-34683c5dca3a</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/53d3b14f</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p><strong>Promo: Making Time<br></strong><br>You have the same 24 hours in your day as the most accomplished people in the world. So why doesn't it feel that way? Follow along on this special 6 episode series as we take a look at how to make more time. By following biblical principles and taking a look at what you really want, Making Time shares the secret to having all the time you need... with a little help from some friends.</p><p>Learn more and download group guides at <a href="https://lumivoz.com/making-time/">https://lumivoz.com/making-time/</a></p><p>For questions, comments, or sharing your tips on how to make more time, reach out to <a href="mailto:makingtime@lumivoz.com">makingtime@lumivoz.com</a></p><p>------------------------------------------------------------------------------</p><br><p>The greatest gift you can give those you lead is your own healthy soul. So often, as pastors and Christian leaders, we get weary and depleted behind the scenes even while our ministries are thriving and successful. The statistics on pastors struggling with depression, anxiety, and burnout are alarming.</p><p><em>Lance Witt is the founder of a ministry called </em><a href="http://replenish.net/"><em>REPLENISH</em></a><em>, which has been around for 10 years. It is dedicated to helping people live and lead from a healthy soul. Prior to starting Replenish, Lance served 20 years as a senior pastor and another 7 years as an Executive/Teaching pastor at Saddleback Churh in Southern California. He led Saddleback’s small group Campaigns, such as 40 Days of Purpose and 40 Days of Community. Currently, along with speaking, consulting and training, Lance does Life Plans, individual coaching, and staff training and development. He has published a book called Replenish and is currently working on a new book on High Impact teams to be released in 2018. </em></p><p>Host Carolyn Taketa asks Lance the following questions and more in this exclusive interview...</p><ul><li>So how do we care for ourselves in such a way that we minister from a healthy soul?</li><li>What are the warning signs to look for?</li><li>What spiritual disciplines and practical activities help us replenish our souls and keep us flourishing both in ministry and in our personal lives? </li></ul><p><br></p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p><strong>Promo: Making Time<br></strong><br>You have the same 24 hours in your day as the most accomplished people in the world. So why doesn't it feel that way? Follow along on this special 6 episode series as we take a look at how to make more time. By following biblical principles and taking a look at what you really want, Making Time shares the secret to having all the time you need... with a little help from some friends.</p><p>Learn more and download group guides at <a href="https://lumivoz.com/making-time/">https://lumivoz.com/making-time/</a></p><p>For questions, comments, or sharing your tips on how to make more time, reach out to <a href="mailto:makingtime@lumivoz.com">makingtime@lumivoz.com</a></p><p>------------------------------------------------------------------------------</p><br><p>The greatest gift you can give those you lead is your own healthy soul. So often, as pastors and Christian leaders, we get weary and depleted behind the scenes even while our ministries are thriving and successful. The statistics on pastors struggling with depression, anxiety, and burnout are alarming.</p><p><em>Lance Witt is the founder of a ministry called </em><a href="http://replenish.net/"><em>REPLENISH</em></a><em>, which has been around for 10 years. It is dedicated to helping people live and lead from a healthy soul. Prior to starting Replenish, Lance served 20 years as a senior pastor and another 7 years as an Executive/Teaching pastor at Saddleback Churh in Southern California. He led Saddleback’s small group Campaigns, such as 40 Days of Purpose and 40 Days of Community. Currently, along with speaking, consulting and training, Lance does Life Plans, individual coaching, and staff training and development. He has published a book called Replenish and is currently working on a new book on High Impact teams to be released in 2018. </em></p><p>Host Carolyn Taketa asks Lance the following questions and more in this exclusive interview...</p><ul><li>So how do we care for ourselves in such a way that we minister from a healthy soul?</li><li>What are the warning signs to look for?</li><li>What spiritual disciplines and practical activities help us replenish our souls and keep us flourishing both in ministry and in our personal lives? </li></ul><p><br></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Wed, 08 Feb 2023 04:00:00 -0800</pubDate>
      <author>Carolyn Taketa | Lumivoz</author>
      <enclosure url="https://op3.dev/e/dts.podtrac.com/redirect.mp3/media.transistor.fm/53d3b14f/a16975ee.mp3" length="70056991" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Carolyn Taketa | Lumivoz</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>2132</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p><strong>Promo: Making Time<br></strong><br>You have the same 24 hours in your day as the most accomplished people in the world. So why doesn't it feel that way? Follow along on this special 6 episode series as we take a look at how to make more time. By following biblical principles and taking a look at what you really want, Making Time shares the secret to having all the time you need... with a little help from some friends.</p><p>Learn more and download group guides at <a href="https://lumivoz.com/making-time/">https://lumivoz.com/making-time/</a></p><p>For questions, comments, or sharing your tips on how to make more time, reach out to <a href="mailto:makingtime@lumivoz.com">makingtime@lumivoz.com</a></p><p>------------------------------------------------------------------------------</p><br><p>The greatest gift you can give those you lead is your own healthy soul. So often, as pastors and Christian leaders, we get weary and depleted behind the scenes even while our ministries are thriving and successful. The statistics on pastors struggling with depression, anxiety, and burnout are alarming.</p><p><em>Lance Witt is the founder of a ministry called </em><a href="http://replenish.net/"><em>REPLENISH</em></a><em>, which has been around for 10 years. It is dedicated to helping people live and lead from a healthy soul. Prior to starting Replenish, Lance served 20 years as a senior pastor and another 7 years as an Executive/Teaching pastor at Saddleback Churh in Southern California. He led Saddleback’s small group Campaigns, such as 40 Days of Purpose and 40 Days of Community. Currently, along with speaking, consulting and training, Lance does Life Plans, individual coaching, and staff training and development. He has published a book called Replenish and is currently working on a new book on High Impact teams to be released in 2018. </em></p><p>Host Carolyn Taketa asks Lance the following questions and more in this exclusive interview...</p><ul><li>So how do we care for ourselves in such a way that we minister from a healthy soul?</li><li>What are the warning signs to look for?</li><li>What spiritual disciplines and practical activities help us replenish our souls and keep us flourishing both in ministry and in our personal lives? </li></ul><p><br></p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>church groups, church small groups, bible study, author interviews, how to do church, how to do small groups, community groups, group leadership, bible leadership, how to read the bible</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Maximizing Your Small Group Budget w/ Steve Gladen</title>
      <itunes:episode>30</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>30</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>Maximizing Your Small Group Budget w/ Steve Gladen</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">e41a1980-df8d-47de-8252-1d9a8071a035</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/efb6a448</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p><strong>Promo: Making Time<br></strong><br>You have the same 24 hours in your day as the most accomplished people in the world. So why doesn't it feel that way? Follow along on this special 6 episode series as we take a look at how to make more time. By following biblical principles and taking a look at what you really want, Making Time shares the secret to having all the time you need... with a little help from some friends.</p><p>Learn more and download group guides at <a href="https://lumivoz.com/making-time/">https://lumivoz.com/making-time/</a></p><p>For questions, comments, or sharing your tips on how to make more time, reach out to <a href="mailto:makingtime@lumivoz.com">makingtime@lumivoz.com</a></p><p>------------------------------------------------------------------------------</p><br><p>Do you serve as a Small Group Point Person in your local church? Would you like to learn how to maximize your small group ministry budget for this new year? If your answer is yes, then you've come to the right place! In this exclusive Here to There Podcast episode, host Carolyn Taketa interviews Pastor Steve Gladen regarding the following topics and more.... </p><ul><li>The framework to understand before crunching the numbers</li><li>How to do more with less</li><li>How to prioritize budget items</li><li>The best ways to ask for more money</li></ul><p>Founder and leader of the Small Group Network, Pastor Steve Gladen has been the small groups pastor at Saddleback Church since 1998. A widely respected voice in small groups ministry, Steve has been an expert resource for small groups point people for decades. His books, Small Groups with Purpose, Leading Small Groups with Purpose, and Planning Small Groups with Purpose, which has now been translated into eleven languages to date.</p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p><strong>Promo: Making Time<br></strong><br>You have the same 24 hours in your day as the most accomplished people in the world. So why doesn't it feel that way? Follow along on this special 6 episode series as we take a look at how to make more time. By following biblical principles and taking a look at what you really want, Making Time shares the secret to having all the time you need... with a little help from some friends.</p><p>Learn more and download group guides at <a href="https://lumivoz.com/making-time/">https://lumivoz.com/making-time/</a></p><p>For questions, comments, or sharing your tips on how to make more time, reach out to <a href="mailto:makingtime@lumivoz.com">makingtime@lumivoz.com</a></p><p>------------------------------------------------------------------------------</p><br><p>Do you serve as a Small Group Point Person in your local church? Would you like to learn how to maximize your small group ministry budget for this new year? If your answer is yes, then you've come to the right place! In this exclusive Here to There Podcast episode, host Carolyn Taketa interviews Pastor Steve Gladen regarding the following topics and more.... </p><ul><li>The framework to understand before crunching the numbers</li><li>How to do more with less</li><li>How to prioritize budget items</li><li>The best ways to ask for more money</li></ul><p>Founder and leader of the Small Group Network, Pastor Steve Gladen has been the small groups pastor at Saddleback Church since 1998. A widely respected voice in small groups ministry, Steve has been an expert resource for small groups point people for decades. His books, Small Groups with Purpose, Leading Small Groups with Purpose, and Planning Small Groups with Purpose, which has now been translated into eleven languages to date.</p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Wed, 01 Feb 2023 04:00:00 -0800</pubDate>
      <author>Carolyn Taketa | Lumivoz</author>
      <enclosure url="https://op3.dev/e/dts.podtrac.com/redirect.mp3/media.transistor.fm/efb6a448/4894925f.mp3" length="77977280" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Carolyn Taketa | Lumivoz</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>2409</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p><strong>Promo: Making Time<br></strong><br>You have the same 24 hours in your day as the most accomplished people in the world. So why doesn't it feel that way? Follow along on this special 6 episode series as we take a look at how to make more time. By following biblical principles and taking a look at what you really want, Making Time shares the secret to having all the time you need... with a little help from some friends.</p><p>Learn more and download group guides at <a href="https://lumivoz.com/making-time/">https://lumivoz.com/making-time/</a></p><p>For questions, comments, or sharing your tips on how to make more time, reach out to <a href="mailto:makingtime@lumivoz.com">makingtime@lumivoz.com</a></p><p>------------------------------------------------------------------------------</p><br><p>Do you serve as a Small Group Point Person in your local church? Would you like to learn how to maximize your small group ministry budget for this new year? If your answer is yes, then you've come to the right place! In this exclusive Here to There Podcast episode, host Carolyn Taketa interviews Pastor Steve Gladen regarding the following topics and more.... </p><ul><li>The framework to understand before crunching the numbers</li><li>How to do more with less</li><li>How to prioritize budget items</li><li>The best ways to ask for more money</li></ul><p>Founder and leader of the Small Group Network, Pastor Steve Gladen has been the small groups pastor at Saddleback Church since 1998. A widely respected voice in small groups ministry, Steve has been an expert resource for small groups point people for decades. His books, Small Groups with Purpose, Leading Small Groups with Purpose, and Planning Small Groups with Purpose, which has now been translated into eleven languages to date.</p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>church groups, church small groups, bible study, author interviews, how to do church, how to do small groups, community groups, group leadership, bible leadership, how to read the bible</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Discipleship through Small Groups Part 2 w/ Reid Smith</title>
      <itunes:episode>29</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>29</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>Discipleship through Small Groups Part 2 w/ Reid Smith</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">23367968-9eb5-43d5-ae57-08ceb6668a39</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/83ca1926</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p><strong>Promo: Making Time<br></strong><br>You have the same 24 hours in your day as the most accomplished people in the world. So why doesn't it feel that way? Follow along on this special 6 episode series as we take a look at how to make more time. By following biblical principles and taking a look at what you really want, Making Time shares the secret to having all the time you need... with a little help from some friends.</p><p>Learn more and download group guides at <a href="https://lumivoz.com/making-time/">https://lumivoz.com/making-time/</a></p><p>For questions, comments, or sharing your tips on how to make more time, reach out to <a href="mailto:makingtime@lumivoz.com">makingtime@lumivoz.com</a></p><p>------------------------------------------------------------------------------</p><br><p>Q As a small group point person, how am I cultivating my own relationship with the Lord?</p><p>Q How do I create a culture of discipleship within my small group ministry?</p><p>If you or anyone on your team is wrestling with these questions, you’ve come to the right place! <a href="https://twitter.com/reid_smith">Reid Smith</a> has been equipping group leaders for effective disciple-making since 1996. He was a part of the Small Group Network from the beginning, serving as the Area Leader for the Northwest, and then South Florida in 2008 when he began serving in the discipleship ministries at Christ Fellowship church in Palm Beach, FL. Reid has served churches as a pastor, consultant, trainer, and author for such publishers as Christianity Today’s smallgroups.com and ministrygrid.com.<br></p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p><strong>Promo: Making Time<br></strong><br>You have the same 24 hours in your day as the most accomplished people in the world. So why doesn't it feel that way? Follow along on this special 6 episode series as we take a look at how to make more time. By following biblical principles and taking a look at what you really want, Making Time shares the secret to having all the time you need... with a little help from some friends.</p><p>Learn more and download group guides at <a href="https://lumivoz.com/making-time/">https://lumivoz.com/making-time/</a></p><p>For questions, comments, or sharing your tips on how to make more time, reach out to <a href="mailto:makingtime@lumivoz.com">makingtime@lumivoz.com</a></p><p>------------------------------------------------------------------------------</p><br><p>Q As a small group point person, how am I cultivating my own relationship with the Lord?</p><p>Q How do I create a culture of discipleship within my small group ministry?</p><p>If you or anyone on your team is wrestling with these questions, you’ve come to the right place! <a href="https://twitter.com/reid_smith">Reid Smith</a> has been equipping group leaders for effective disciple-making since 1996. He was a part of the Small Group Network from the beginning, serving as the Area Leader for the Northwest, and then South Florida in 2008 when he began serving in the discipleship ministries at Christ Fellowship church in Palm Beach, FL. Reid has served churches as a pastor, consultant, trainer, and author for such publishers as Christianity Today’s smallgroups.com and ministrygrid.com.<br></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Wed, 25 Jan 2023 04:00:00 -0800</pubDate>
      <author>Carolyn Taketa | Lumivoz</author>
      <enclosure url="https://op3.dev/e/dts.podtrac.com/redirect.mp3/media.transistor.fm/83ca1926/040731c7.mp3" length="72881521" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Carolyn Taketa | Lumivoz</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>2205</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p><strong>Promo: Making Time<br></strong><br>You have the same 24 hours in your day as the most accomplished people in the world. So why doesn't it feel that way? Follow along on this special 6 episode series as we take a look at how to make more time. By following biblical principles and taking a look at what you really want, Making Time shares the secret to having all the time you need... with a little help from some friends.</p><p>Learn more and download group guides at <a href="https://lumivoz.com/making-time/">https://lumivoz.com/making-time/</a></p><p>For questions, comments, or sharing your tips on how to make more time, reach out to <a href="mailto:makingtime@lumivoz.com">makingtime@lumivoz.com</a></p><p>------------------------------------------------------------------------------</p><br><p>Q As a small group point person, how am I cultivating my own relationship with the Lord?</p><p>Q How do I create a culture of discipleship within my small group ministry?</p><p>If you or anyone on your team is wrestling with these questions, you’ve come to the right place! <a href="https://twitter.com/reid_smith">Reid Smith</a> has been equipping group leaders for effective disciple-making since 1996. He was a part of the Small Group Network from the beginning, serving as the Area Leader for the Northwest, and then South Florida in 2008 when he began serving in the discipleship ministries at Christ Fellowship church in Palm Beach, FL. Reid has served churches as a pastor, consultant, trainer, and author for such publishers as Christianity Today’s smallgroups.com and ministrygrid.com.<br></p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>church groups, church small groups, bible study, author interviews, how to do church, how to do small groups, community groups, group leadership, bible leadership, how to read the bible</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Best of 2022: Bible Recap &amp; D-Groups</title>
      <itunes:episode>28</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>28</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>Best of 2022: Bible Recap &amp; D-Groups</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">a89f5ea2-b8ab-4c5f-9d03-f5bb4d0f14ae</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/218dea56</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p><strong>Promo: Making Time<br></strong><br>You have the same 24 hours in your day as the most accomplished people in the world. So why doesn't it feel that way? Follow along on this special 6 episode series as we take a look at how to make more time. By following biblical principles and taking a look at what you really want, Making Time shares the secret to having all the time you need... with a little help from some friends.</p><p>Learn more and download group guides at <a href="https://lumivoz.com/making-time/">https://lumivoz.com/making-time/</a></p><p>For questions, comments, or sharing your tips on how to make more time, reach out to <a href="mailto:makingtime@lumivoz.com">makingtime@lumivoz.com</a></p><p>------------------------------------------------------------------------------</p><br><p>Do you "want to want to read the Bible?" Do you or your groups struggle to incorporate Bible reading as a regular habit? We talk with Tara-Leigh Cobble, host of the Bible Recap, a short digest of a daily bible reading. With millions of downloads, Tara Leigh has been enormously influential in helping people love to read and understand the Bible. She also believes that the Bible is best understood in the context of community, alongside one another in groups. So Tara-Leigh founded and leads D-Groups to deepen Biblical understanding, community, and accountability, and she shares how these discipleship groups can work in any church or community environment. </p><p><br></p><p>Links:  </p><p><a href="https://www.taraleighcobble.com/">https://www.taraleighcobble.com/</a></p><p><a href="https://www.thebiblerecap.com/">https://www.thebiblerecap.com/</a></p><p><a href="https://www.taraleighcobble.com/d-group">https://www.taraleighcobble.com/d-group</a></p><p><a href="https://www.mydgroup.org/church">https://www.mydgroup.org/church</a><br><a href="https://smallgroupnetwork.com/lobby-gathering-small-groups/">Lobby Gathering 2023</a></p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p><strong>Promo: Making Time<br></strong><br>You have the same 24 hours in your day as the most accomplished people in the world. So why doesn't it feel that way? Follow along on this special 6 episode series as we take a look at how to make more time. By following biblical principles and taking a look at what you really want, Making Time shares the secret to having all the time you need... with a little help from some friends.</p><p>Learn more and download group guides at <a href="https://lumivoz.com/making-time/">https://lumivoz.com/making-time/</a></p><p>For questions, comments, or sharing your tips on how to make more time, reach out to <a href="mailto:makingtime@lumivoz.com">makingtime@lumivoz.com</a></p><p>------------------------------------------------------------------------------</p><br><p>Do you "want to want to read the Bible?" Do you or your groups struggle to incorporate Bible reading as a regular habit? We talk with Tara-Leigh Cobble, host of the Bible Recap, a short digest of a daily bible reading. With millions of downloads, Tara Leigh has been enormously influential in helping people love to read and understand the Bible. She also believes that the Bible is best understood in the context of community, alongside one another in groups. So Tara-Leigh founded and leads D-Groups to deepen Biblical understanding, community, and accountability, and she shares how these discipleship groups can work in any church or community environment. </p><p><br></p><p>Links:  </p><p><a href="https://www.taraleighcobble.com/">https://www.taraleighcobble.com/</a></p><p><a href="https://www.thebiblerecap.com/">https://www.thebiblerecap.com/</a></p><p><a href="https://www.taraleighcobble.com/d-group">https://www.taraleighcobble.com/d-group</a></p><p><a href="https://www.mydgroup.org/church">https://www.mydgroup.org/church</a><br><a href="https://smallgroupnetwork.com/lobby-gathering-small-groups/">Lobby Gathering 2023</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Wed, 18 Jan 2023 04:00:00 -0800</pubDate>
      <author>Carolyn Taketa | Lumivoz</author>
      <enclosure url="https://op3.dev/e/dts.podtrac.com/redirect.mp3/media.transistor.fm/218dea56/7e4bb3bc.mp3" length="91704079" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Carolyn Taketa | Lumivoz</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>2805</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p><strong>Promo: Making Time<br></strong><br>You have the same 24 hours in your day as the most accomplished people in the world. So why doesn't it feel that way? Follow along on this special 6 episode series as we take a look at how to make more time. By following biblical principles and taking a look at what you really want, Making Time shares the secret to having all the time you need... with a little help from some friends.</p><p>Learn more and download group guides at <a href="https://lumivoz.com/making-time/">https://lumivoz.com/making-time/</a></p><p>For questions, comments, or sharing your tips on how to make more time, reach out to <a href="mailto:makingtime@lumivoz.com">makingtime@lumivoz.com</a></p><p>------------------------------------------------------------------------------</p><br><p>Do you "want to want to read the Bible?" Do you or your groups struggle to incorporate Bible reading as a regular habit? We talk with Tara-Leigh Cobble, host of the Bible Recap, a short digest of a daily bible reading. With millions of downloads, Tara Leigh has been enormously influential in helping people love to read and understand the Bible. She also believes that the Bible is best understood in the context of community, alongside one another in groups. So Tara-Leigh founded and leads D-Groups to deepen Biblical understanding, community, and accountability, and she shares how these discipleship groups can work in any church or community environment. </p><p><br></p><p>Links:  </p><p><a href="https://www.taraleighcobble.com/">https://www.taraleighcobble.com/</a></p><p><a href="https://www.thebiblerecap.com/">https://www.thebiblerecap.com/</a></p><p><a href="https://www.taraleighcobble.com/d-group">https://www.taraleighcobble.com/d-group</a></p><p><a href="https://www.mydgroup.org/church">https://www.mydgroup.org/church</a><br><a href="https://smallgroupnetwork.com/lobby-gathering-small-groups/">Lobby Gathering 2023</a></p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>church groups, church small groups, bible study, author interviews, how to do church, how to do small groups, community groups, group leadership, bible leadership, how to read the bible</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>How to Engage Your Senior Pastor In Groups w/ Allen White</title>
      <itunes:episode>27</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>27</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>How to Engage Your Senior Pastor In Groups w/ Allen White</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">651ef651-18a1-42b7-8ba8-6875d01f6622</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/999cfb4d</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p><strong>Promo: Making Time<br></strong><br>You have the same 24 hours in your day as the most accomplished people in the world. So why doesn't it feel that way? Follow along on this special 6 episode series as we take a look at how to make more time. By following biblical principles and taking a look at what you really want, Making Time shares the secret to having all the time you need... with a little help from some friends.</p><p>Learn more and download group guides at <a href="https://lumivoz.com/making-time/">https://lumivoz.com/making-time/</a></p><p>For questions, comments, or sharing your tips on how to make more time, reach out to <a href="mailto:makingtime@lumivoz.com">makingtime@lumivoz.com</a></p><p>------------------------------------------------------------------------------</p><br><p>How engaged is your senior pastor in the small groups ministry? When senior leadership is on board and talking often about groups from the platform, the church is likely to make groups a higher priority and will have more groups, more leaders, and more impact on discipleship. So how do you get your senior pastor more engaged? What are some practical steps you can take to align the groups' ministry with your senior leadership?</p><p>Allen White has led small group and discipleship ministries for over 30 years. He is a pastor, a ministry consultant, and an author. He has coached over 1,500 churches and is the author of four books including his latest book, Leading Online Small Groups: Embracing the Church's Digital Future. </p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p><strong>Promo: Making Time<br></strong><br>You have the same 24 hours in your day as the most accomplished people in the world. So why doesn't it feel that way? Follow along on this special 6 episode series as we take a look at how to make more time. By following biblical principles and taking a look at what you really want, Making Time shares the secret to having all the time you need... with a little help from some friends.</p><p>Learn more and download group guides at <a href="https://lumivoz.com/making-time/">https://lumivoz.com/making-time/</a></p><p>For questions, comments, or sharing your tips on how to make more time, reach out to <a href="mailto:makingtime@lumivoz.com">makingtime@lumivoz.com</a></p><p>------------------------------------------------------------------------------</p><br><p>How engaged is your senior pastor in the small groups ministry? When senior leadership is on board and talking often about groups from the platform, the church is likely to make groups a higher priority and will have more groups, more leaders, and more impact on discipleship. So how do you get your senior pastor more engaged? What are some practical steps you can take to align the groups' ministry with your senior leadership?</p><p>Allen White has led small group and discipleship ministries for over 30 years. He is a pastor, a ministry consultant, and an author. He has coached over 1,500 churches and is the author of four books including his latest book, Leading Online Small Groups: Embracing the Church's Digital Future. </p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Wed, 11 Jan 2023 04:00:00 -0800</pubDate>
      <author>Carolyn Taketa | Lumivoz</author>
      <enclosure url="https://op3.dev/e/dts.podtrac.com/redirect.mp3/media.transistor.fm/999cfb4d/d7afc145.mp3" length="73772773" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Carolyn Taketa | Lumivoz</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>2242</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p><strong>Promo: Making Time<br></strong><br>You have the same 24 hours in your day as the most accomplished people in the world. So why doesn't it feel that way? Follow along on this special 6 episode series as we take a look at how to make more time. By following biblical principles and taking a look at what you really want, Making Time shares the secret to having all the time you need... with a little help from some friends.</p><p>Learn more and download group guides at <a href="https://lumivoz.com/making-time/">https://lumivoz.com/making-time/</a></p><p>For questions, comments, or sharing your tips on how to make more time, reach out to <a href="mailto:makingtime@lumivoz.com">makingtime@lumivoz.com</a></p><p>------------------------------------------------------------------------------</p><br><p>How engaged is your senior pastor in the small groups ministry? When senior leadership is on board and talking often about groups from the platform, the church is likely to make groups a higher priority and will have more groups, more leaders, and more impact on discipleship. So how do you get your senior pastor more engaged? What are some practical steps you can take to align the groups' ministry with your senior leadership?</p><p>Allen White has led small group and discipleship ministries for over 30 years. He is a pastor, a ministry consultant, and an author. He has coached over 1,500 churches and is the author of four books including his latest book, Leading Online Small Groups: Embracing the Church's Digital Future. </p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>church groups, church small groups, bible study, author interviews, how to do church, how to do small groups, community groups, group leadership, bible leadership, how to read the bible</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Discipleship through Small Groups Part 1 w/ Reid Smith</title>
      <itunes:episode>26</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>26</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>Discipleship through Small Groups Part 1 w/ Reid Smith</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">fd258bc4-c838-4d4a-9d05-1cf3e1d0317b</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/9bac4096</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p><strong>Promo: Making Time<br></strong><br>You have the same 24 hours in your day as the most accomplished people in the world. So why doesn't it feel that way? Follow along on this special 6 episode series as we take a look at how to make more time. By following biblical principles and taking a look at what you really want, Making Time shares the secret to having all the time you need... with a little help from some friends.</p><p>Learn more and download group guides at <a href="https://lumivoz.com/making-time/">https://lumivoz.com/making-time/</a></p><p>For questions, comments, or sharing your tips on how to make more time, reach out to <a href="mailto:makingtime@lumivoz.com">makingtime@lumivoz.com</a></p><p>------------------------------------------------------------------------------</p><br><p>How do you define discipleship? How do you know that people are actually being discipled through small groups? If you or anyone on your team is wrestling with these questions, you’ve come to the right place!</p><p><a href="https://twitter.com/reid_smith">Reid Smith</a> has been equipping group leaders for effective disciple-making since 1996. He was a part of the Small Group Network from the beginning, serving as the Area Leader for the Northwest, and then South Florida in 2008 when he began serving in the discipleship ministries at Christ Fellowship church in Palm Beach, FL. Reid has served churches as a pastor, consultant, trainer, and author for such publishers as Christianity Today's <a href="http://www.smallgroups.com/">smallgroups.com</a> and <a href="http://www.ministrygrid.com/guest-home">ministrygrid.com</a></p><p>In part 1 of this week's Here To There podcast, host <a href="https://twitter.com/TaketaCarolyn">Carolyn Taketa</a> interviews Reid as he addresses the following topics in this exciting session…</p><ul><li>What are the core components of discipleship?</li><li>Why are small groups essential environments to cultivate discipleship?</li><li>What are the indicators that show people are actually being discipled through small groups?</li></ul>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p><strong>Promo: Making Time<br></strong><br>You have the same 24 hours in your day as the most accomplished people in the world. So why doesn't it feel that way? Follow along on this special 6 episode series as we take a look at how to make more time. By following biblical principles and taking a look at what you really want, Making Time shares the secret to having all the time you need... with a little help from some friends.</p><p>Learn more and download group guides at <a href="https://lumivoz.com/making-time/">https://lumivoz.com/making-time/</a></p><p>For questions, comments, or sharing your tips on how to make more time, reach out to <a href="mailto:makingtime@lumivoz.com">makingtime@lumivoz.com</a></p><p>------------------------------------------------------------------------------</p><br><p>How do you define discipleship? How do you know that people are actually being discipled through small groups? If you or anyone on your team is wrestling with these questions, you’ve come to the right place!</p><p><a href="https://twitter.com/reid_smith">Reid Smith</a> has been equipping group leaders for effective disciple-making since 1996. He was a part of the Small Group Network from the beginning, serving as the Area Leader for the Northwest, and then South Florida in 2008 when he began serving in the discipleship ministries at Christ Fellowship church in Palm Beach, FL. Reid has served churches as a pastor, consultant, trainer, and author for such publishers as Christianity Today's <a href="http://www.smallgroups.com/">smallgroups.com</a> and <a href="http://www.ministrygrid.com/guest-home">ministrygrid.com</a></p><p>In part 1 of this week's Here To There podcast, host <a href="https://twitter.com/TaketaCarolyn">Carolyn Taketa</a> interviews Reid as he addresses the following topics in this exciting session…</p><ul><li>What are the core components of discipleship?</li><li>Why are small groups essential environments to cultivate discipleship?</li><li>What are the indicators that show people are actually being discipled through small groups?</li></ul>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Wed, 04 Jan 2023 04:00:00 -0800</pubDate>
      <author>Carolyn Taketa | Lumivoz</author>
      <enclosure url="https://op3.dev/e/dts.podtrac.com/redirect.mp3/media.transistor.fm/9bac4096/f73a2426.mp3" length="69909368" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Carolyn Taketa | Lumivoz</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>2117</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p><strong>Promo: Making Time<br></strong><br>You have the same 24 hours in your day as the most accomplished people in the world. So why doesn't it feel that way? Follow along on this special 6 episode series as we take a look at how to make more time. By following biblical principles and taking a look at what you really want, Making Time shares the secret to having all the time you need... with a little help from some friends.</p><p>Learn more and download group guides at <a href="https://lumivoz.com/making-time/">https://lumivoz.com/making-time/</a></p><p>For questions, comments, or sharing your tips on how to make more time, reach out to <a href="mailto:makingtime@lumivoz.com">makingtime@lumivoz.com</a></p><p>------------------------------------------------------------------------------</p><br><p>How do you define discipleship? How do you know that people are actually being discipled through small groups? If you or anyone on your team is wrestling with these questions, you’ve come to the right place!</p><p><a href="https://twitter.com/reid_smith">Reid Smith</a> has been equipping group leaders for effective disciple-making since 1996. He was a part of the Small Group Network from the beginning, serving as the Area Leader for the Northwest, and then South Florida in 2008 when he began serving in the discipleship ministries at Christ Fellowship church in Palm Beach, FL. Reid has served churches as a pastor, consultant, trainer, and author for such publishers as Christianity Today's <a href="http://www.smallgroups.com/">smallgroups.com</a> and <a href="http://www.ministrygrid.com/guest-home">ministrygrid.com</a></p><p>In part 1 of this week's Here To There podcast, host <a href="https://twitter.com/TaketaCarolyn">Carolyn Taketa</a> interviews Reid as he addresses the following topics in this exciting session…</p><ul><li>What are the core components of discipleship?</li><li>Why are small groups essential environments to cultivate discipleship?</li><li>What are the indicators that show people are actually being discipled through small groups?</li></ul>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>church groups, church small groups, bible study, author interviews, how to do church, how to do small groups, community groups, group leadership, bible leadership, how to read the bible</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The 4 Dimensions of Extraordinary Leadership</title>
      <itunes:episode>25</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>25</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>The 4 Dimensions of Extraordinary Leadership</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">0abbdcb2-568e-40d3-a9d7-67e6d6278579</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/7ce9dcb1</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p><strong>Promo: Making Time<br></strong><br>You have the same 24 hours in your day as the most accomplished people in the world. So why doesn't it feel that way? Follow along on this special 6 episode series as we take a look at how to make more time. By following biblical principles and taking a look at what you really want, Making Time shares the secret to having all the time you need... with a little help from some friends.</p><p>Learn more and download group guides at <a href="https://lumivoz.com/making-time/">https://lumivoz.com/making-time/</a></p><p>For questions, comments, or sharing your tips on how to make more time, reach out to <a href="mailto:makingtime@lumivoz.com">makingtime@lumivoz.com</a></p><p>------------------------------------------------------------------------------</p><br><p>Do you desire to be the best leader you can be? Would you like to strengthen the weaker areas of your leadership? Do you want to influence people like never before and help elevate your team to new heights? If your answer is "Yes," then you’ve come to the right place!</p><p><a href="https://twitter.com/JenniCatron">Jenni Catron</a> is the author of several books including "<a href="https://www.amazon.com/Four-Dimensions-Extraordinary-Leadership-Strength/dp/1400205700/ref=sr_1_1?ie=UTF8&amp;qid=1478283672&amp;sr=8-1&amp;keywords=The+4+Dimensions+of+Extraordinary+Leadership.">The 4 Dimensions of Extraordinary Leadership.</a>" She is also a leadership coach who consults churches and non-profits to help them lead from their extraordinary best. Jenni has also served as an executive leader at both Menlo Church in Menlo Park , CA with senior pastor John Ortberg and Cross Point Church in Nashville TN with senior pastor Pete Wilson. Jenni blogs at <a href="http://jennicatron.com/about/">JenniCatron.com</a> and has recognized by Outreach Magazine as one of the thirty emerging influencers reshaping church leadership. Take Jenni's "4 Dimensions Assessment" <a href="https://www.onlineassessmenttool.com/extraordinary-leadership-assessment/assessment-32462"> HERE</a></p><p>In this week's “Here To There” podcast, host <a href="https://twitter.com/TaketaCarolyn">Carolyn Taketa</a> interviews Jenni and asks her the following questions and more in this exciting interview…</p><ul><li>How do we be the best leaders we can be?</li><li>What differentiates someone from being an ordinary leader versus an extraordinary leader?</li><li>What are the 4 dimensions of extraordinary leadership?</li><li>How can leaders sync their leadership strengths within their church staff leadership culture?</li></ul>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p><strong>Promo: Making Time<br></strong><br>You have the same 24 hours in your day as the most accomplished people in the world. So why doesn't it feel that way? Follow along on this special 6 episode series as we take a look at how to make more time. By following biblical principles and taking a look at what you really want, Making Time shares the secret to having all the time you need... with a little help from some friends.</p><p>Learn more and download group guides at <a href="https://lumivoz.com/making-time/">https://lumivoz.com/making-time/</a></p><p>For questions, comments, or sharing your tips on how to make more time, reach out to <a href="mailto:makingtime@lumivoz.com">makingtime@lumivoz.com</a></p><p>------------------------------------------------------------------------------</p><br><p>Do you desire to be the best leader you can be? Would you like to strengthen the weaker areas of your leadership? Do you want to influence people like never before and help elevate your team to new heights? If your answer is "Yes," then you’ve come to the right place!</p><p><a href="https://twitter.com/JenniCatron">Jenni Catron</a> is the author of several books including "<a href="https://www.amazon.com/Four-Dimensions-Extraordinary-Leadership-Strength/dp/1400205700/ref=sr_1_1?ie=UTF8&amp;qid=1478283672&amp;sr=8-1&amp;keywords=The+4+Dimensions+of+Extraordinary+Leadership.">The 4 Dimensions of Extraordinary Leadership.</a>" She is also a leadership coach who consults churches and non-profits to help them lead from their extraordinary best. Jenni has also served as an executive leader at both Menlo Church in Menlo Park , CA with senior pastor John Ortberg and Cross Point Church in Nashville TN with senior pastor Pete Wilson. Jenni blogs at <a href="http://jennicatron.com/about/">JenniCatron.com</a> and has recognized by Outreach Magazine as one of the thirty emerging influencers reshaping church leadership. Take Jenni's "4 Dimensions Assessment" <a href="https://www.onlineassessmenttool.com/extraordinary-leadership-assessment/assessment-32462"> HERE</a></p><p>In this week's “Here To There” podcast, host <a href="https://twitter.com/TaketaCarolyn">Carolyn Taketa</a> interviews Jenni and asks her the following questions and more in this exciting interview…</p><ul><li>How do we be the best leaders we can be?</li><li>What differentiates someone from being an ordinary leader versus an extraordinary leader?</li><li>What are the 4 dimensions of extraordinary leadership?</li><li>How can leaders sync their leadership strengths within their church staff leadership culture?</li></ul>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Wed, 28 Dec 2022 04:00:00 -0800</pubDate>
      <author>Carolyn Taketa | Lumivoz</author>
      <enclosure url="https://op3.dev/e/dts.podtrac.com/redirect.mp3/media.transistor.fm/7ce9dcb1/1b54ff69.mp3" length="72716403" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Carolyn Taketa | Lumivoz</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>2211</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p><strong>Promo: Making Time<br></strong><br>You have the same 24 hours in your day as the most accomplished people in the world. So why doesn't it feel that way? Follow along on this special 6 episode series as we take a look at how to make more time. By following biblical principles and taking a look at what you really want, Making Time shares the secret to having all the time you need... with a little help from some friends.</p><p>Learn more and download group guides at <a href="https://lumivoz.com/making-time/">https://lumivoz.com/making-time/</a></p><p>For questions, comments, or sharing your tips on how to make more time, reach out to <a href="mailto:makingtime@lumivoz.com">makingtime@lumivoz.com</a></p><p>------------------------------------------------------------------------------</p><br><p>Do you desire to be the best leader you can be? Would you like to strengthen the weaker areas of your leadership? Do you want to influence people like never before and help elevate your team to new heights? If your answer is "Yes," then you’ve come to the right place!</p><p><a href="https://twitter.com/JenniCatron">Jenni Catron</a> is the author of several books including "<a href="https://www.amazon.com/Four-Dimensions-Extraordinary-Leadership-Strength/dp/1400205700/ref=sr_1_1?ie=UTF8&amp;qid=1478283672&amp;sr=8-1&amp;keywords=The+4+Dimensions+of+Extraordinary+Leadership.">The 4 Dimensions of Extraordinary Leadership.</a>" She is also a leadership coach who consults churches and non-profits to help them lead from their extraordinary best. Jenni has also served as an executive leader at both Menlo Church in Menlo Park , CA with senior pastor John Ortberg and Cross Point Church in Nashville TN with senior pastor Pete Wilson. Jenni blogs at <a href="http://jennicatron.com/about/">JenniCatron.com</a> and has recognized by Outreach Magazine as one of the thirty emerging influencers reshaping church leadership. Take Jenni's "4 Dimensions Assessment" <a href="https://www.onlineassessmenttool.com/extraordinary-leadership-assessment/assessment-32462"> HERE</a></p><p>In this week's “Here To There” podcast, host <a href="https://twitter.com/TaketaCarolyn">Carolyn Taketa</a> interviews Jenni and asks her the following questions and more in this exciting interview…</p><ul><li>How do we be the best leaders we can be?</li><li>What differentiates someone from being an ordinary leader versus an extraordinary leader?</li><li>What are the 4 dimensions of extraordinary leadership?</li><li>How can leaders sync their leadership strengths within their church staff leadership culture?</li></ul>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>church groups, church small groups, bible study, author interviews, how to do church, how to do small groups, community groups, group leadership, bible leadership, how to read the bible</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ten Things To Consider When Recruiting Your Team w/ Steve Gladen</title>
      <itunes:episode>24</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>24</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>Ten Things To Consider When Recruiting Your Team w/ Steve Gladen</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">1431ae3e-ea88-4edc-95f9-b9d1e3294da2</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/b9409db7</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p><strong>Promo: Making Time<br></strong><br>You have the same 24 hours in your day as the most accomplished people in the world. So why doesn't it feel that way? Follow along on this special 6 episode series as we take a look at how to make more time. By following biblical principles and taking a look at what you really want, Making Time shares the secret to having all the time you need... with a little help from some friends.</p><p>Learn more and download group guides at <a href="https://lumivoz.com/making-time/">https://lumivoz.com/making-time/</a></p><p>For questions, comments, or sharing your tips on how to make more time, reach out to <a href="mailto:makingtime@lumivoz.com">makingtime@lumivoz.com</a></p><p>------------------------------------------------------------------------------</p><br><p>Who do you want on your team? And how do you recruit people to join you? Small groups ministry cannot be done by yourself. We all need a team of people with different personalities, gifts, and skills to build a thriving groups ministry. Listen to Steve share the top ten things he considers when he recruits a team.  </p><p>Guest: Steve Gladen </p><p>Bio: Steve Gladen has been the pastor of small groups at Saddleback Church since 1998 and serves as an elder of the church. He oversees the strategic launch and spiritual development of more than 7,000 adult small groups on multiple campuses. He is the author of <em>Small Groups with Purpose</em>, <em>Leading Small Groups with Purpose, </em>and <em>Planning Small Groups with Purpose. </em>Steve is also the founder and leader of the Small Group Network and a tireless advocate for healthy small groups ministries.  Just click the play button at the top of this post to enjoy this insightful discussion! </p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p><strong>Promo: Making Time<br></strong><br>You have the same 24 hours in your day as the most accomplished people in the world. So why doesn't it feel that way? Follow along on this special 6 episode series as we take a look at how to make more time. By following biblical principles and taking a look at what you really want, Making Time shares the secret to having all the time you need... with a little help from some friends.</p><p>Learn more and download group guides at <a href="https://lumivoz.com/making-time/">https://lumivoz.com/making-time/</a></p><p>For questions, comments, or sharing your tips on how to make more time, reach out to <a href="mailto:makingtime@lumivoz.com">makingtime@lumivoz.com</a></p><p>------------------------------------------------------------------------------</p><br><p>Who do you want on your team? And how do you recruit people to join you? Small groups ministry cannot be done by yourself. We all need a team of people with different personalities, gifts, and skills to build a thriving groups ministry. Listen to Steve share the top ten things he considers when he recruits a team.  </p><p>Guest: Steve Gladen </p><p>Bio: Steve Gladen has been the pastor of small groups at Saddleback Church since 1998 and serves as an elder of the church. He oversees the strategic launch and spiritual development of more than 7,000 adult small groups on multiple campuses. He is the author of <em>Small Groups with Purpose</em>, <em>Leading Small Groups with Purpose, </em>and <em>Planning Small Groups with Purpose. </em>Steve is also the founder and leader of the Small Group Network and a tireless advocate for healthy small groups ministries.  Just click the play button at the top of this post to enjoy this insightful discussion! </p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Wed, 21 Dec 2022 04:00:00 -0800</pubDate>
      <author>Carolyn Taketa | Lumivoz</author>
      <enclosure url="https://op3.dev/e/dts.podtrac.com/redirect.mp3/media.transistor.fm/b9409db7/7763a7d1.mp3" length="76260620" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Carolyn Taketa | Lumivoz</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>2332</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p><strong>Promo: Making Time<br></strong><br>You have the same 24 hours in your day as the most accomplished people in the world. So why doesn't it feel that way? Follow along on this special 6 episode series as we take a look at how to make more time. By following biblical principles and taking a look at what you really want, Making Time shares the secret to having all the time you need... with a little help from some friends.</p><p>Learn more and download group guides at <a href="https://lumivoz.com/making-time/">https://lumivoz.com/making-time/</a></p><p>For questions, comments, or sharing your tips on how to make more time, reach out to <a href="mailto:makingtime@lumivoz.com">makingtime@lumivoz.com</a></p><p>------------------------------------------------------------------------------</p><br><p>Who do you want on your team? And how do you recruit people to join you? Small groups ministry cannot be done by yourself. We all need a team of people with different personalities, gifts, and skills to build a thriving groups ministry. Listen to Steve share the top ten things he considers when he recruits a team.  </p><p>Guest: Steve Gladen </p><p>Bio: Steve Gladen has been the pastor of small groups at Saddleback Church since 1998 and serves as an elder of the church. He oversees the strategic launch and spiritual development of more than 7,000 adult small groups on multiple campuses. He is the author of <em>Small Groups with Purpose</em>, <em>Leading Small Groups with Purpose, </em>and <em>Planning Small Groups with Purpose. </em>Steve is also the founder and leader of the Small Group Network and a tireless advocate for healthy small groups ministries.  Just click the play button at the top of this post to enjoy this insightful discussion! </p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>church groups, church small groups, bible study, author interviews, how to do church, how to do small groups, community groups, group leadership, bible leadership, how to read the bible</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>How to Launch New Groups and Find New Leaders w/ Adam Workman</title>
      <itunes:episode>23</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>23</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>How to Launch New Groups and Find New Leaders w/ Adam Workman</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">e0866a9e-ca33-4a05-8b5e-5300b7dc7079</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/a5b9f381</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p><strong>Promo: Making Time<br></strong><br>You have the same 24 hours in your day as the most accomplished people in the world. So why doesn't it feel that way? Follow along on this special 6 episode series as we take a look at how to make more time. By following biblical principles and taking a look at what you really want, Making Time shares the secret to having all the time you need... with a little help from some friends.</p><p>Learn more and download group guides at <a href="https://lumivoz.com/making-time/">https://lumivoz.com/making-time/</a></p><p>For questions, comments, or sharing your tips on how to make more time, reach out to <a href="mailto:makingtime@lumivoz.com">makingtime@lumivoz.com</a></p><p>------------------------------------------------------------------------------</p><br><p>If we were to ask you, “what are your top 3 challenges in your small groups ministry?” One of your answers would probably be related to getting new leaders or starting new groups! Whether you are launching a new small groups ministry at your church or growing an existing one, it can only happen when you have new people stepping up to lead or host a group. So what are some practical strategies we can use to start new groups and get new leaders?</p><p><em>Adam Workman is the Discipleship Pastor at Sandals Church, a multi-site church in Riverside, CA where he has been serving for 3 years. Previously, he was in groups ministry in Maryland and Pennsylvania. He has been a groups pastor for 14 years. Adam is also the Southern California and Hawaii Regional Leader for the Small Group Network. </em></p><p>Host Carolyn Taketa asks Adam the following questions and more in this exclusive interview…</p><ul><li>What are some practical strategies we can use to start new groups?</li><li>What are some practical strategies we can use to get new leaders?</li></ul>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p><strong>Promo: Making Time<br></strong><br>You have the same 24 hours in your day as the most accomplished people in the world. So why doesn't it feel that way? Follow along on this special 6 episode series as we take a look at how to make more time. By following biblical principles and taking a look at what you really want, Making Time shares the secret to having all the time you need... with a little help from some friends.</p><p>Learn more and download group guides at <a href="https://lumivoz.com/making-time/">https://lumivoz.com/making-time/</a></p><p>For questions, comments, or sharing your tips on how to make more time, reach out to <a href="mailto:makingtime@lumivoz.com">makingtime@lumivoz.com</a></p><p>------------------------------------------------------------------------------</p><br><p>If we were to ask you, “what are your top 3 challenges in your small groups ministry?” One of your answers would probably be related to getting new leaders or starting new groups! Whether you are launching a new small groups ministry at your church or growing an existing one, it can only happen when you have new people stepping up to lead or host a group. So what are some practical strategies we can use to start new groups and get new leaders?</p><p><em>Adam Workman is the Discipleship Pastor at Sandals Church, a multi-site church in Riverside, CA where he has been serving for 3 years. Previously, he was in groups ministry in Maryland and Pennsylvania. He has been a groups pastor for 14 years. Adam is also the Southern California and Hawaii Regional Leader for the Small Group Network. </em></p><p>Host Carolyn Taketa asks Adam the following questions and more in this exclusive interview…</p><ul><li>What are some practical strategies we can use to start new groups?</li><li>What are some practical strategies we can use to get new leaders?</li></ul>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Wed, 14 Dec 2022 04:00:00 -0800</pubDate>
      <author>Carolyn Taketa | Lumivoz</author>
      <enclosure url="https://op3.dev/e/dts.podtrac.com/redirect.mp3/media.transistor.fm/a5b9f381/67261b80.mp3" length="77089610" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Carolyn Taketa | Lumivoz</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>2351</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p><strong>Promo: Making Time<br></strong><br>You have the same 24 hours in your day as the most accomplished people in the world. So why doesn't it feel that way? Follow along on this special 6 episode series as we take a look at how to make more time. By following biblical principles and taking a look at what you really want, Making Time shares the secret to having all the time you need... with a little help from some friends.</p><p>Learn more and download group guides at <a href="https://lumivoz.com/making-time/">https://lumivoz.com/making-time/</a></p><p>For questions, comments, or sharing your tips on how to make more time, reach out to <a href="mailto:makingtime@lumivoz.com">makingtime@lumivoz.com</a></p><p>------------------------------------------------------------------------------</p><br><p>If we were to ask you, “what are your top 3 challenges in your small groups ministry?” One of your answers would probably be related to getting new leaders or starting new groups! Whether you are launching a new small groups ministry at your church or growing an existing one, it can only happen when you have new people stepping up to lead or host a group. So what are some practical strategies we can use to start new groups and get new leaders?</p><p><em>Adam Workman is the Discipleship Pastor at Sandals Church, a multi-site church in Riverside, CA where he has been serving for 3 years. Previously, he was in groups ministry in Maryland and Pennsylvania. He has been a groups pastor for 14 years. Adam is also the Southern California and Hawaii Regional Leader for the Small Group Network. </em></p><p>Host Carolyn Taketa asks Adam the following questions and more in this exclusive interview…</p><ul><li>What are some practical strategies we can use to start new groups?</li><li>What are some practical strategies we can use to get new leaders?</li></ul>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>church groups, church small groups, bible study, author interviews, how to do church, how to do small groups, community groups, group leadership, bible leadership, how to read the bible</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Doing Groups Ministry in a Multisite Context</title>
      <itunes:episode>22</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>22</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>Doing Groups Ministry in a Multisite Context</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">3a7a2a6d-9d65-41eb-a4ed-9a49e2f1c2f6</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/1360f780</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p><strong>Promo: Making Time<br></strong><br>You have the same 24 hours in your day as the most accomplished people in the world. So why doesn't it feel that way? Follow along on this special 6 episode series as we take a look at how to make more time. By following biblical principles and taking a look at what you really want, Making Time shares the secret to having all the time you need... with a little help from some friends.</p><p>Learn more and download group guides at <a href="https://lumivoz.com/making-time/">https://lumivoz.com/making-time/</a></p><p>For questions, comments, or sharing your tips on how to make more time, reach out to <a href="mailto:makingtime@lumivoz.com">makingtime@lumivoz.com</a></p><p>------------------------------------------------------------------------------</p><br><p>Do you serve in a local church ministry? Are you a small group point person? Are you doing groups in a multisite context? If your answer is yes to any of these questions, then this Small Group Network podcast is for you as it will encourage and equip you regarding general ministry principles, leadership &amp; groups in a multisite context!</p><p>Jason Williams is a Texan, born and bred. He earned an MBA from University of Texas at Dallas and worked for 10 years in oil &amp; gas and healthcare IT field. Jason joined Chase Oaks Church staff in Plano, TX for 8 years as part of the executive team, teaching team, and was responsible for developing groups ministry across all campuses, including launching a new campus. In fall 2016, Jason joined Saddleback’s staff as the Campus Groups Development Pastor. In 2010, Saddleback started their first multisite campus and currently has 18 campuses with a 19th one in the works for December. Jason develops and oversees the leadership of groups ministry on all campuses.</p><p>In this Here To There podcast, Host Carolyn Taketa interviews Jason regarding groups in a multisite context as well as general ministry principles that will apply to any ministry leader.</p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p><strong>Promo: Making Time<br></strong><br>You have the same 24 hours in your day as the most accomplished people in the world. So why doesn't it feel that way? Follow along on this special 6 episode series as we take a look at how to make more time. By following biblical principles and taking a look at what you really want, Making Time shares the secret to having all the time you need... with a little help from some friends.</p><p>Learn more and download group guides at <a href="https://lumivoz.com/making-time/">https://lumivoz.com/making-time/</a></p><p>For questions, comments, or sharing your tips on how to make more time, reach out to <a href="mailto:makingtime@lumivoz.com">makingtime@lumivoz.com</a></p><p>------------------------------------------------------------------------------</p><br><p>Do you serve in a local church ministry? Are you a small group point person? Are you doing groups in a multisite context? If your answer is yes to any of these questions, then this Small Group Network podcast is for you as it will encourage and equip you regarding general ministry principles, leadership &amp; groups in a multisite context!</p><p>Jason Williams is a Texan, born and bred. He earned an MBA from University of Texas at Dallas and worked for 10 years in oil &amp; gas and healthcare IT field. Jason joined Chase Oaks Church staff in Plano, TX for 8 years as part of the executive team, teaching team, and was responsible for developing groups ministry across all campuses, including launching a new campus. In fall 2016, Jason joined Saddleback’s staff as the Campus Groups Development Pastor. In 2010, Saddleback started their first multisite campus and currently has 18 campuses with a 19th one in the works for December. Jason develops and oversees the leadership of groups ministry on all campuses.</p><p>In this Here To There podcast, Host Carolyn Taketa interviews Jason regarding groups in a multisite context as well as general ministry principles that will apply to any ministry leader.</p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Mon, 12 Dec 2022 19:18:41 -0800</pubDate>
      <author>Carolyn Taketa | Lumivoz</author>
      <enclosure url="https://op3.dev/e/dts.podtrac.com/redirect.mp3/media.transistor.fm/1360f780/6b0ed72f.mp3" length="67599111" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Carolyn Taketa | Lumivoz</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>2045</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p><strong>Promo: Making Time<br></strong><br>You have the same 24 hours in your day as the most accomplished people in the world. So why doesn't it feel that way? Follow along on this special 6 episode series as we take a look at how to make more time. By following biblical principles and taking a look at what you really want, Making Time shares the secret to having all the time you need... with a little help from some friends.</p><p>Learn more and download group guides at <a href="https://lumivoz.com/making-time/">https://lumivoz.com/making-time/</a></p><p>For questions, comments, or sharing your tips on how to make more time, reach out to <a href="mailto:makingtime@lumivoz.com">makingtime@lumivoz.com</a></p><p>------------------------------------------------------------------------------</p><br><p>Do you serve in a local church ministry? Are you a small group point person? Are you doing groups in a multisite context? If your answer is yes to any of these questions, then this Small Group Network podcast is for you as it will encourage and equip you regarding general ministry principles, leadership &amp; groups in a multisite context!</p><p>Jason Williams is a Texan, born and bred. He earned an MBA from University of Texas at Dallas and worked for 10 years in oil &amp; gas and healthcare IT field. Jason joined Chase Oaks Church staff in Plano, TX for 8 years as part of the executive team, teaching team, and was responsible for developing groups ministry across all campuses, including launching a new campus. In fall 2016, Jason joined Saddleback’s staff as the Campus Groups Development Pastor. In 2010, Saddleback started their first multisite campus and currently has 18 campuses with a 19th one in the works for December. Jason develops and oversees the leadership of groups ministry on all campuses.</p><p>In this Here To There podcast, Host Carolyn Taketa interviews Jason regarding groups in a multisite context as well as general ministry principles that will apply to any ministry leader.</p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>church groups, church small groups, bible study, author interviews, how to do church, how to do small groups, community groups, group leadership, bible leadership, how to read the bible</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Top 5 Things Not To Do When Coaching Small Group Leaders</title>
      <itunes:episode>21</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>21</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>Top 5 Things Not To Do When Coaching Small Group Leaders</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">900ae383-599c-42ec-af87-8dd0cfe044d0</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/1d5e7638</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p><strong>Promo: Making Time<br></strong><br>You have the same 24 hours in your day as the most accomplished people in the world. So why doesn't it feel that way? Follow along on this special 6 episode series as we take a look at how to make more time. By following biblical principles and taking a look at what you really want, Making Time shares the secret to having all the time you need... with a little help from some friends.</p><p>Learn more and download group guides at <a href="https://lumivoz.com/making-time/">https://lumivoz.com/making-time/</a></p><p>For questions, comments, or sharing your tips on how to make more time, reach out to <a href="mailto:makingtime@lumivoz.com">makingtime@lumivoz.com</a></p><p>------------------------------------------------------------------------------</p><br><p>We would all agree that small group leaders need the support, mentoring, and care that a coaching system can provide, but it continues to be an area of ministry that is challenging, and often a source of confusion and frustration. In this exclusive interview, Host Carolyn Taketa talks with Allen White about issues related to coaching, especially the top 5 common mistakes for small group point people to avoid! </p><p><a href="http://allenwhite.org/">Allen White</a> coaches churches in launching exponential groups. In over 25 years of ministry, he has served on staff at two churches: New Life Christian Center in Turlock, CA and Brookwood Church in Simpsonville, SC. He has coached over 1,500 churches across North America. Allen is the author of <a href="http://allenwhite.org/exponential-groups-book/">Exponential Groups: Unleashing Your Church's Potential</a>.</p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p><strong>Promo: Making Time<br></strong><br>You have the same 24 hours in your day as the most accomplished people in the world. So why doesn't it feel that way? Follow along on this special 6 episode series as we take a look at how to make more time. By following biblical principles and taking a look at what you really want, Making Time shares the secret to having all the time you need... with a little help from some friends.</p><p>Learn more and download group guides at <a href="https://lumivoz.com/making-time/">https://lumivoz.com/making-time/</a></p><p>For questions, comments, or sharing your tips on how to make more time, reach out to <a href="mailto:makingtime@lumivoz.com">makingtime@lumivoz.com</a></p><p>------------------------------------------------------------------------------</p><br><p>We would all agree that small group leaders need the support, mentoring, and care that a coaching system can provide, but it continues to be an area of ministry that is challenging, and often a source of confusion and frustration. In this exclusive interview, Host Carolyn Taketa talks with Allen White about issues related to coaching, especially the top 5 common mistakes for small group point people to avoid! </p><p><a href="http://allenwhite.org/">Allen White</a> coaches churches in launching exponential groups. In over 25 years of ministry, he has served on staff at two churches: New Life Christian Center in Turlock, CA and Brookwood Church in Simpsonville, SC. He has coached over 1,500 churches across North America. Allen is the author of <a href="http://allenwhite.org/exponential-groups-book/">Exponential Groups: Unleashing Your Church's Potential</a>.</p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Wed, 30 Nov 2022 04:00:00 -0800</pubDate>
      <author>Carolyn Taketa | Lumivoz</author>
      <enclosure url="https://op3.dev/e/dts.podtrac.com/redirect.mp3/media.transistor.fm/1d5e7638/e689a195.mp3" length="80186066" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Carolyn Taketa | Lumivoz</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>2479</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p><strong>Promo: Making Time<br></strong><br>You have the same 24 hours in your day as the most accomplished people in the world. So why doesn't it feel that way? Follow along on this special 6 episode series as we take a look at how to make more time. By following biblical principles and taking a look at what you really want, Making Time shares the secret to having all the time you need... with a little help from some friends.</p><p>Learn more and download group guides at <a href="https://lumivoz.com/making-time/">https://lumivoz.com/making-time/</a></p><p>For questions, comments, or sharing your tips on how to make more time, reach out to <a href="mailto:makingtime@lumivoz.com">makingtime@lumivoz.com</a></p><p>------------------------------------------------------------------------------</p><br><p>We would all agree that small group leaders need the support, mentoring, and care that a coaching system can provide, but it continues to be an area of ministry that is challenging, and often a source of confusion and frustration. In this exclusive interview, Host Carolyn Taketa talks with Allen White about issues related to coaching, especially the top 5 common mistakes for small group point people to avoid! </p><p><a href="http://allenwhite.org/">Allen White</a> coaches churches in launching exponential groups. In over 25 years of ministry, he has served on staff at two churches: New Life Christian Center in Turlock, CA and Brookwood Church in Simpsonville, SC. He has coached over 1,500 churches across North America. Allen is the author of <a href="http://allenwhite.org/exponential-groups-book/">Exponential Groups: Unleashing Your Church's Potential</a>.</p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>church groups, church small groups, bible study, author interviews, how to do church, how to do small groups, community groups, group leadership, bible leadership, how to read the bible</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Mental Health – Can Anyone be in a Small Group? w/ Dr. David Wang</title>
      <itunes:episode>20</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>20</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>Mental Health – Can Anyone be in a Small Group? w/ Dr. David Wang</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">9291fb08-a29b-4dbe-b55f-40e7f7350589</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/bfc4ea61</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p><strong>Promo: Making Time<br></strong><br>You have the same 24 hours in your day as the most accomplished people in the world. So why doesn't it feel that way? Follow along on this special 6 episode series as we take a look at how to make more time. By following biblical principles and taking a look at what you really want, Making Time shares the secret to having all the time you need... with a little help from some friends.</p><p>Learn more and download group guides at <a href="https://lumivoz.com/making-time/">https://lumivoz.com/making-time/</a></p><p>For questions, comments, or sharing your tips on how to make more time, reach out to <a href="mailto:makingtime@lumivoz.com">makingtime@lumivoz.com</a></p><p>------------------------------------------------------------------------------</p><br><p>Dr. David Wang is a licensed psychologist and associate professor of psychology and pastoral counseling at the Rosemead School of Psychology, at Biola University. He is the editor of the <em>Journal of Psychology and Theology </em>and serves on the editorial board for <em>Spirituality in Clinical Practice</em> (an APA journal). He also leads research funded by the John Templeton Foundation and the Lilly Foundation investigating the spiritual and character/virtue development of seminary students. Dr. Wang teaches and speaks internationally, maintains a small clinical practice in Fullerton, CA and is the pastor of spiritual formation at <a href="https://www.onelifecitychurch.org/">One Life City Church</a>    </p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p><strong>Promo: Making Time<br></strong><br>You have the same 24 hours in your day as the most accomplished people in the world. So why doesn't it feel that way? Follow along on this special 6 episode series as we take a look at how to make more time. By following biblical principles and taking a look at what you really want, Making Time shares the secret to having all the time you need... with a little help from some friends.</p><p>Learn more and download group guides at <a href="https://lumivoz.com/making-time/">https://lumivoz.com/making-time/</a></p><p>For questions, comments, or sharing your tips on how to make more time, reach out to <a href="mailto:makingtime@lumivoz.com">makingtime@lumivoz.com</a></p><p>------------------------------------------------------------------------------</p><br><p>Dr. David Wang is a licensed psychologist and associate professor of psychology and pastoral counseling at the Rosemead School of Psychology, at Biola University. He is the editor of the <em>Journal of Psychology and Theology </em>and serves on the editorial board for <em>Spirituality in Clinical Practice</em> (an APA journal). He also leads research funded by the John Templeton Foundation and the Lilly Foundation investigating the spiritual and character/virtue development of seminary students. Dr. Wang teaches and speaks internationally, maintains a small clinical practice in Fullerton, CA and is the pastor of spiritual formation at <a href="https://www.onelifecitychurch.org/">One Life City Church</a>    </p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Wed, 23 Nov 2022 04:00:00 -0800</pubDate>
      <author>Carolyn Taketa | Lumivoz</author>
      <enclosure url="https://op3.dev/e/dts.podtrac.com/redirect.mp3/media.transistor.fm/bfc4ea61/a15b6025.mp3" length="110207132" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Carolyn Taketa | Lumivoz</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>3346</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p><strong>Promo: Making Time<br></strong><br>You have the same 24 hours in your day as the most accomplished people in the world. So why doesn't it feel that way? Follow along on this special 6 episode series as we take a look at how to make more time. By following biblical principles and taking a look at what you really want, Making Time shares the secret to having all the time you need... with a little help from some friends.</p><p>Learn more and download group guides at <a href="https://lumivoz.com/making-time/">https://lumivoz.com/making-time/</a></p><p>For questions, comments, or sharing your tips on how to make more time, reach out to <a href="mailto:makingtime@lumivoz.com">makingtime@lumivoz.com</a></p><p>------------------------------------------------------------------------------</p><br><p>Dr. David Wang is a licensed psychologist and associate professor of psychology and pastoral counseling at the Rosemead School of Psychology, at Biola University. He is the editor of the <em>Journal of Psychology and Theology </em>and serves on the editorial board for <em>Spirituality in Clinical Practice</em> (an APA journal). He also leads research funded by the John Templeton Foundation and the Lilly Foundation investigating the spiritual and character/virtue development of seminary students. Dr. Wang teaches and speaks internationally, maintains a small clinical practice in Fullerton, CA and is the pastor of spiritual formation at <a href="https://www.onelifecitychurch.org/">One Life City Church</a>    </p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>church groups, church small groups, bible study, author interviews, how to do church, how to do small groups, community groups, group leadership, bible leadership, how to read the bible</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Increasing Evangelism in Small Groups w/ Joel Comiskey - Originally Aired 06/10/2018</title>
      <itunes:episode>19</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>19</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>Increasing Evangelism in Small Groups w/ Joel Comiskey - Originally Aired 06/10/2018</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">e5314e68-618e-4a20-8573-b55f15e010f8</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/0f75868e</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p><strong>Promo: Making Time<br></strong><br>You have the same 24 hours in your day as the most accomplished people in the world. So why doesn't it feel that way? Follow along on this special 6 episode series as we take a look at how to make more time. By following biblical principles and taking a look at what you really want, Making Time shares the secret to having all the time you need... with a little help from some friends.</p><p>Learn more and download group guides at <a href="https://lumivoz.com/making-time/">https://lumivoz.com/making-time/</a></p><p>For questions, comments, or sharing your tips on how to make more time, reach out to <a href="mailto:makingtime@lumivoz.com">makingtime@lumivoz.com</a></p><p>------------------------------------------------------------------------------</p><br><p>Since evangelism is critical part of discipleship, it is typically a high value for our churches. However, practically speaking, many of our groups do not engage regularly in intentional outreach to nonbelievers. In this episode with Joel Comiskey, we focus on why evangelism helps small groups thrive and how we can empower groups to engage in relational evangelism.</p><p>Joel is the founder of Joel Comiskey Group and has written numerous books on cell groups-based churches. Joel consults with churches, coaches pastors in small group ministries around the world, and actively leads a life-giving small group. Joel recently published a book with co-author Jim Egli titled, “Groups that Thrive: 8 Surprising Discoveries About Life Giving Small Groups.”</p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p><strong>Promo: Making Time<br></strong><br>You have the same 24 hours in your day as the most accomplished people in the world. So why doesn't it feel that way? Follow along on this special 6 episode series as we take a look at how to make more time. By following biblical principles and taking a look at what you really want, Making Time shares the secret to having all the time you need... with a little help from some friends.</p><p>Learn more and download group guides at <a href="https://lumivoz.com/making-time/">https://lumivoz.com/making-time/</a></p><p>For questions, comments, or sharing your tips on how to make more time, reach out to <a href="mailto:makingtime@lumivoz.com">makingtime@lumivoz.com</a></p><p>------------------------------------------------------------------------------</p><br><p>Since evangelism is critical part of discipleship, it is typically a high value for our churches. However, practically speaking, many of our groups do not engage regularly in intentional outreach to nonbelievers. In this episode with Joel Comiskey, we focus on why evangelism helps small groups thrive and how we can empower groups to engage in relational evangelism.</p><p>Joel is the founder of Joel Comiskey Group and has written numerous books on cell groups-based churches. Joel consults with churches, coaches pastors in small group ministries around the world, and actively leads a life-giving small group. Joel recently published a book with co-author Jim Egli titled, “Groups that Thrive: 8 Surprising Discoveries About Life Giving Small Groups.”</p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Wed, 16 Nov 2022 04:00:00 -0800</pubDate>
      <author>Carolyn Taketa | Lumivoz</author>
      <enclosure url="https://op3.dev/e/dts.podtrac.com/redirect.mp3/media.transistor.fm/0f75868e/f1ad0c71.mp3" length="62006791" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Carolyn Taketa | Lumivoz</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>1907</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p><strong>Promo: Making Time<br></strong><br>You have the same 24 hours in your day as the most accomplished people in the world. So why doesn't it feel that way? Follow along on this special 6 episode series as we take a look at how to make more time. By following biblical principles and taking a look at what you really want, Making Time shares the secret to having all the time you need... with a little help from some friends.</p><p>Learn more and download group guides at <a href="https://lumivoz.com/making-time/">https://lumivoz.com/making-time/</a></p><p>For questions, comments, or sharing your tips on how to make more time, reach out to <a href="mailto:makingtime@lumivoz.com">makingtime@lumivoz.com</a></p><p>------------------------------------------------------------------------------</p><br><p>Since evangelism is critical part of discipleship, it is typically a high value for our churches. However, practically speaking, many of our groups do not engage regularly in intentional outreach to nonbelievers. In this episode with Joel Comiskey, we focus on why evangelism helps small groups thrive and how we can empower groups to engage in relational evangelism.</p><p>Joel is the founder of Joel Comiskey Group and has written numerous books on cell groups-based churches. Joel consults with churches, coaches pastors in small group ministries around the world, and actively leads a life-giving small group. Joel recently published a book with co-author Jim Egli titled, “Groups that Thrive: 8 Surprising Discoveries About Life Giving Small Groups.”</p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>church groups, church small groups, bible study, author interviews, how to do church, how to do small groups, community groups, group leadership, bible leadership, how to read the bible</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Carl George: The Past, Present &amp; Future of Small Groups Ministry - Originally aired 5/16/18</title>
      <itunes:episode>18</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>18</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>Carl George: The Past, Present &amp; Future of Small Groups Ministry - Originally aired 5/16/18</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">a846e989-2cd1-49c8-833f-36e8dbeb518e</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/76996d59</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p><strong>Promo: Making Time<br></strong><br>You have the same 24 hours in your day as the most accomplished people in the world. So why doesn't it feel that way? Follow along on this special 6 episode series as we take a look at how to make more time. By following biblical principles and taking a look at what you really want, Making Time shares the secret to having all the time you need... with a little help from some friends.</p><p>Learn more and download group guides at <a href="https://lumivoz.com/making-time/">https://lumivoz.com/making-time/</a></p><p>For questions, comments, or sharing your tips on how to make more time, reach out to <a href="mailto:makingtime@lumivoz.com">makingtime@lumivoz.com</a></p><p>------------------------------------------------------------------------------</p><br><p>Pioneer of small groups ministry in the United States, Carl George has been an influential voice in churches for decades. Here, Carl shares his thoughts on the small groups movement over the years including trends, concerns, and the future of small groups ministry in the current cultural context.  Carl George, an internationally recognized church consultant, has helped congregations and leaders in over 100 denominations to increase their effectiveness. An experienced Pastor, Church Growth Institute director, and author, Carl has guided small group ministry design in many influential churches. Just click the play button at the top of this post to enjoy this insightful discussion! </p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p><strong>Promo: Making Time<br></strong><br>You have the same 24 hours in your day as the most accomplished people in the world. So why doesn't it feel that way? Follow along on this special 6 episode series as we take a look at how to make more time. By following biblical principles and taking a look at what you really want, Making Time shares the secret to having all the time you need... with a little help from some friends.</p><p>Learn more and download group guides at <a href="https://lumivoz.com/making-time/">https://lumivoz.com/making-time/</a></p><p>For questions, comments, or sharing your tips on how to make more time, reach out to <a href="mailto:makingtime@lumivoz.com">makingtime@lumivoz.com</a></p><p>------------------------------------------------------------------------------</p><br><p>Pioneer of small groups ministry in the United States, Carl George has been an influential voice in churches for decades. Here, Carl shares his thoughts on the small groups movement over the years including trends, concerns, and the future of small groups ministry in the current cultural context.  Carl George, an internationally recognized church consultant, has helped congregations and leaders in over 100 denominations to increase their effectiveness. An experienced Pastor, Church Growth Institute director, and author, Carl has guided small group ministry design in many influential churches. Just click the play button at the top of this post to enjoy this insightful discussion! </p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Wed, 09 Nov 2022 04:00:00 -0800</pubDate>
      <author>Carolyn Taketa | Lumivoz</author>
      <enclosure url="https://op3.dev/e/dts.podtrac.com/redirect.mp3/media.transistor.fm/76996d59/f0697fe3.mp3" length="62657944" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Carolyn Taketa | Lumivoz</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>1926</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p><strong>Promo: Making Time<br></strong><br>You have the same 24 hours in your day as the most accomplished people in the world. So why doesn't it feel that way? Follow along on this special 6 episode series as we take a look at how to make more time. By following biblical principles and taking a look at what you really want, Making Time shares the secret to having all the time you need... with a little help from some friends.</p><p>Learn more and download group guides at <a href="https://lumivoz.com/making-time/">https://lumivoz.com/making-time/</a></p><p>For questions, comments, or sharing your tips on how to make more time, reach out to <a href="mailto:makingtime@lumivoz.com">makingtime@lumivoz.com</a></p><p>------------------------------------------------------------------------------</p><br><p>Pioneer of small groups ministry in the United States, Carl George has been an influential voice in churches for decades. Here, Carl shares his thoughts on the small groups movement over the years including trends, concerns, and the future of small groups ministry in the current cultural context.  Carl George, an internationally recognized church consultant, has helped congregations and leaders in over 100 denominations to increase their effectiveness. An experienced Pastor, Church Growth Institute director, and author, Carl has guided small group ministry design in many influential churches. Just click the play button at the top of this post to enjoy this insightful discussion! </p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>church groups, church small groups, bible study, author interviews, how to do church, how to do small groups, community groups, group leadership, bible leadership, how to read the bible</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>What Should Groups Study? w/ Chris Surratt - Originally aired 9/17/2018</title>
      <itunes:episode>17</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>17</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>What Should Groups Study? w/ Chris Surratt - Originally aired 9/17/2018</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">91033bbb-669e-4be0-a562-7cabf0877780</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/278fc1be</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p><strong>Promo: Making Time<br></strong><br>You have the same 24 hours in your day as the most accomplished people in the world. So why doesn't it feel that way? Follow along on this special 6 episode series as we take a look at how to make more time. By following biblical principles and taking a look at what you really want, Making Time shares the secret to having all the time you need... with a little help from some friends.</p><p>Learn more and download group guides at <a href="https://lumivoz.com/making-time/">https://lumivoz.com/making-time/</a></p><p>For questions, comments, or sharing your tips on how to make more time, reach out to <a href="mailto:makingtime@lumivoz.com">makingtime@lumivoz.com</a></p><p>------------------------------------------------------------------------------</p><br><p>Topic: A question we frequently field from our small group leaders is, "What should we study?" There is an overwhelming range of materials and topics to choose from and it is critical to choose curriculum wisely. What a group chooses to study has a significant impact on group dynamics and spiritual growth. On this podcast, we discuss some issues to consider when choosing small group curriculum.</p><p>Guest: Chris Surratt</p><p>Chris Surratt is a ministry consultant and coach with more than 24 years of experience serving the local church. Chris served on the Executive Team at Cross Point Church in Nashville, Tennessee, and Seacoast Church in Charleston, South Carolina, prior to becoming the Discipleship and Small Group Specialist for LifeWay Christian Resources.  <a href="http://chrissurratt.com/">chrissurratt.com</a>.</p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p><strong>Promo: Making Time<br></strong><br>You have the same 24 hours in your day as the most accomplished people in the world. So why doesn't it feel that way? Follow along on this special 6 episode series as we take a look at how to make more time. By following biblical principles and taking a look at what you really want, Making Time shares the secret to having all the time you need... with a little help from some friends.</p><p>Learn more and download group guides at <a href="https://lumivoz.com/making-time/">https://lumivoz.com/making-time/</a></p><p>For questions, comments, or sharing your tips on how to make more time, reach out to <a href="mailto:makingtime@lumivoz.com">makingtime@lumivoz.com</a></p><p>------------------------------------------------------------------------------</p><br><p>Topic: A question we frequently field from our small group leaders is, "What should we study?" There is an overwhelming range of materials and topics to choose from and it is critical to choose curriculum wisely. What a group chooses to study has a significant impact on group dynamics and spiritual growth. On this podcast, we discuss some issues to consider when choosing small group curriculum.</p><p>Guest: Chris Surratt</p><p>Chris Surratt is a ministry consultant and coach with more than 24 years of experience serving the local church. Chris served on the Executive Team at Cross Point Church in Nashville, Tennessee, and Seacoast Church in Charleston, South Carolina, prior to becoming the Discipleship and Small Group Specialist for LifeWay Christian Resources.  <a href="http://chrissurratt.com/">chrissurratt.com</a>.</p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Wed, 02 Nov 2022 04:00:00 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Carolyn Taketa | Lumivoz</author>
      <enclosure url="https://op3.dev/e/dts.podtrac.com/redirect.mp3/media.transistor.fm/278fc1be/01af238b.mp3" length="61319876" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Carolyn Taketa | Lumivoz</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>1878</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p><strong>Promo: Making Time<br></strong><br>You have the same 24 hours in your day as the most accomplished people in the world. So why doesn't it feel that way? Follow along on this special 6 episode series as we take a look at how to make more time. By following biblical principles and taking a look at what you really want, Making Time shares the secret to having all the time you need... with a little help from some friends.</p><p>Learn more and download group guides at <a href="https://lumivoz.com/making-time/">https://lumivoz.com/making-time/</a></p><p>For questions, comments, or sharing your tips on how to make more time, reach out to <a href="mailto:makingtime@lumivoz.com">makingtime@lumivoz.com</a></p><p>------------------------------------------------------------------------------</p><br><p>Topic: A question we frequently field from our small group leaders is, "What should we study?" There is an overwhelming range of materials and topics to choose from and it is critical to choose curriculum wisely. What a group chooses to study has a significant impact on group dynamics and spiritual growth. On this podcast, we discuss some issues to consider when choosing small group curriculum.</p><p>Guest: Chris Surratt</p><p>Chris Surratt is a ministry consultant and coach with more than 24 years of experience serving the local church. Chris served on the Executive Team at Cross Point Church in Nashville, Tennessee, and Seacoast Church in Charleston, South Carolina, prior to becoming the Discipleship and Small Group Specialist for LifeWay Christian Resources.  <a href="http://chrissurratt.com/">chrissurratt.com</a>.</p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>church groups, church small groups, bible study, author interviews, how to do church, how to do small groups, community groups, group leadership, bible leadership, how to read the bible</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Digital Disciple Making</title>
      <itunes:episode>16</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>16</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>Digital Disciple Making</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">1868fbbc-6b7b-4900-bc12-0862a1c7586e</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/ff310439</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p><strong>Promo: Making Time<br></strong><br>You have the same 24 hours in your day as the most accomplished people in the world. So why doesn't it feel that way? Follow along on this special 6 episode series as we take a look at how to make more time. By following biblical principles and taking a look at what you really want, Making Time shares the secret to having all the time you need... with a little help from some friends.</p><p>Learn more and download group guides at <a href="https://lumivoz.com/making-time/">https://lumivoz.com/making-time/</a></p><p>For questions, comments, or sharing your tips on how to make more time, reach out to <a href="mailto:makingtime@lumivoz.com">makingtime@lumivoz.com</a></p><p>------------------------------------------------------------------------------</p><br><p>Bio:  </p><p>Since 2017, Bart has been serving at Traders Point Christian Church, a multi-site congregation in Indianapolis, IN with 5 campuses, as their Lead Groups Minister, Campus Pastor for their 2000+ site, and on their Leadership Team. Prior to that, he ministered for 12 years as a Discipleship and Teaching pastor in Northern Indiana. Bart has served in smaller, midsize churches with Sunday school models as well as small groups and is now at a church of 10K+ with 450 small groups. He’s also a certified life coach and trained in 3DM discipleship ministry.   </p><p>Show Notes:    </p><p>Traders Point Christian Church Resources </p><p><a href="https://tpcc.org/"> https://tpcc.org/</a></p><p><a href="https://tpcc.org/group-leaders"> https://tpcc.org/group-leaders</a></p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p><strong>Promo: Making Time<br></strong><br>You have the same 24 hours in your day as the most accomplished people in the world. So why doesn't it feel that way? Follow along on this special 6 episode series as we take a look at how to make more time. By following biblical principles and taking a look at what you really want, Making Time shares the secret to having all the time you need... with a little help from some friends.</p><p>Learn more and download group guides at <a href="https://lumivoz.com/making-time/">https://lumivoz.com/making-time/</a></p><p>For questions, comments, or sharing your tips on how to make more time, reach out to <a href="mailto:makingtime@lumivoz.com">makingtime@lumivoz.com</a></p><p>------------------------------------------------------------------------------</p><br><p>Bio:  </p><p>Since 2017, Bart has been serving at Traders Point Christian Church, a multi-site congregation in Indianapolis, IN with 5 campuses, as their Lead Groups Minister, Campus Pastor for their 2000+ site, and on their Leadership Team. Prior to that, he ministered for 12 years as a Discipleship and Teaching pastor in Northern Indiana. Bart has served in smaller, midsize churches with Sunday school models as well as small groups and is now at a church of 10K+ with 450 small groups. He’s also a certified life coach and trained in 3DM discipleship ministry.   </p><p>Show Notes:    </p><p>Traders Point Christian Church Resources </p><p><a href="https://tpcc.org/"> https://tpcc.org/</a></p><p><a href="https://tpcc.org/group-leaders"> https://tpcc.org/group-leaders</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Wed, 26 Oct 2022 04:00:00 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Carolyn Taketa | Lumivoz</author>
      <enclosure url="https://op3.dev/e/dts.podtrac.com/redirect.mp3/media.transistor.fm/ff310439/19c160b4.mp3" length="77421843" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Carolyn Taketa | Lumivoz</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>2357</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p><strong>Promo: Making Time<br></strong><br>You have the same 24 hours in your day as the most accomplished people in the world. So why doesn't it feel that way? Follow along on this special 6 episode series as we take a look at how to make more time. By following biblical principles and taking a look at what you really want, Making Time shares the secret to having all the time you need... with a little help from some friends.</p><p>Learn more and download group guides at <a href="https://lumivoz.com/making-time/">https://lumivoz.com/making-time/</a></p><p>For questions, comments, or sharing your tips on how to make more time, reach out to <a href="mailto:makingtime@lumivoz.com">makingtime@lumivoz.com</a></p><p>------------------------------------------------------------------------------</p><br><p>Bio:  </p><p>Since 2017, Bart has been serving at Traders Point Christian Church, a multi-site congregation in Indianapolis, IN with 5 campuses, as their Lead Groups Minister, Campus Pastor for their 2000+ site, and on their Leadership Team. Prior to that, he ministered for 12 years as a Discipleship and Teaching pastor in Northern Indiana. Bart has served in smaller, midsize churches with Sunday school models as well as small groups and is now at a church of 10K+ with 450 small groups. He’s also a certified life coach and trained in 3DM discipleship ministry.   </p><p>Show Notes:    </p><p>Traders Point Christian Church Resources </p><p><a href="https://tpcc.org/"> https://tpcc.org/</a></p><p><a href="https://tpcc.org/group-leaders"> https://tpcc.org/group-leaders</a></p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>church groups, church small groups, bible study, author interviews, how to do church, how to do small groups, community groups, group leadership, bible leadership, how to read the bible</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>7 Childcare Solutions for Small Groups w/ Derek Olson - Originally aired 11/13/2019</title>
      <itunes:episode>15</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>15</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>7 Childcare Solutions for Small Groups w/ Derek Olson - Originally aired 11/13/2019</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">44466649-e0af-427a-8337-b4f77d364aa1</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/a8f12968</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Wed, 19 Oct 2022 04:00:00 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Carolyn Taketa | Lumivoz</author>
      <enclosure url="https://op3.dev/e/dts.podtrac.com/redirect.mp3/media.transistor.fm/a8f12968/25e7abdf.mp3" length="79432179" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Carolyn Taketa | Lumivoz</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>2431</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>church groups, church small groups, bible study, author interviews, how to do church, how to do small groups, community groups, group leadership, bible leadership, how to read the bible</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Bi-vocational Pastors and Why You Want Them in Your Groups Ministry - Originally aired December 9th, 2020</title>
      <itunes:episode>14</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>14</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>Bi-vocational Pastors and Why You Want Them in Your Groups Ministry - Originally aired December 9th, 2020</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">c8101ac7-e0fd-4e57-9f19-5fd41ff08c1a</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/217b0919</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p><strong>Promo: Making Time<br></strong><br>You have the same 24 hours in your day as the most accomplished people in the world. So why doesn't it feel that way? Follow along on this special 6 episode series as we take a look at how to make more time. By following biblical principles and taking a look at what you really want, Making Time shares the secret to having all the time you need... with a little help from some friends.</p><p>Learn more and download group guides at <a href="https://lumivoz.com/making-time/">https://lumivoz.com/making-time/</a></p><p>For questions, comments, or sharing your tips on how to make more time, reach out to <a href="mailto:makingtime@lumivoz.com">makingtime@lumivoz.com</a></p><p>------------------------------------------------------------------------------</p><br><p>Since 2014, Peter Clow has served as a bi-vocational Discipleship Pastor at Emmanuel Baptist Church in New Hampshire. He oversees the small groups ministry and also serves on the Senior Leadership Pastoral team, assisting in the teaching and preaching, and in the growth and vision of the church. Peter is an Air Force veteran who works full-time for BAE Systems, a leading defense and aerospace company as a manufacturing supervisor. Since 2018, Peter has been involved with the Small Group Network as a blogger and is currently the SGN NH State Leader.  </p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p><strong>Promo: Making Time<br></strong><br>You have the same 24 hours in your day as the most accomplished people in the world. So why doesn't it feel that way? Follow along on this special 6 episode series as we take a look at how to make more time. By following biblical principles and taking a look at what you really want, Making Time shares the secret to having all the time you need... with a little help from some friends.</p><p>Learn more and download group guides at <a href="https://lumivoz.com/making-time/">https://lumivoz.com/making-time/</a></p><p>For questions, comments, or sharing your tips on how to make more time, reach out to <a href="mailto:makingtime@lumivoz.com">makingtime@lumivoz.com</a></p><p>------------------------------------------------------------------------------</p><br><p>Since 2014, Peter Clow has served as a bi-vocational Discipleship Pastor at Emmanuel Baptist Church in New Hampshire. He oversees the small groups ministry and also serves on the Senior Leadership Pastoral team, assisting in the teaching and preaching, and in the growth and vision of the church. Peter is an Air Force veteran who works full-time for BAE Systems, a leading defense and aerospace company as a manufacturing supervisor. Since 2018, Peter has been involved with the Small Group Network as a blogger and is currently the SGN NH State Leader.  </p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Wed, 12 Oct 2022 04:00:00 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Carolyn Taketa | Lumivoz</author>
      <enclosure url="https://op3.dev/e/dts.podtrac.com/redirect.mp3/media.transistor.fm/217b0919/54269524.mp3" length="72761527" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Carolyn Taketa | Lumivoz</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>2213</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p><strong>Promo: Making Time<br></strong><br>You have the same 24 hours in your day as the most accomplished people in the world. So why doesn't it feel that way? Follow along on this special 6 episode series as we take a look at how to make more time. By following biblical principles and taking a look at what you really want, Making Time shares the secret to having all the time you need... with a little help from some friends.</p><p>Learn more and download group guides at <a href="https://lumivoz.com/making-time/">https://lumivoz.com/making-time/</a></p><p>For questions, comments, or sharing your tips on how to make more time, reach out to <a href="mailto:makingtime@lumivoz.com">makingtime@lumivoz.com</a></p><p>------------------------------------------------------------------------------</p><br><p>Since 2014, Peter Clow has served as a bi-vocational Discipleship Pastor at Emmanuel Baptist Church in New Hampshire. He oversees the small groups ministry and also serves on the Senior Leadership Pastoral team, assisting in the teaching and preaching, and in the growth and vision of the church. Peter is an Air Force veteran who works full-time for BAE Systems, a leading defense and aerospace company as a manufacturing supervisor. Since 2018, Peter has been involved with the Small Group Network as a blogger and is currently the SGN NH State Leader.  </p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>church groups, church small groups, bible study, author interviews, how to do church, how to do small groups, community groups, group leadership, bible leadership, how to read the bible</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Creating Community: Five Keys to Building a Thriving Small Group Culture - Originally Aired 9/8/21</title>
      <itunes:episode>13</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>13</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>Creating Community: Five Keys to Building a Thriving Small Group Culture - Originally Aired 9/8/21</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">2614dc37-da3a-48b4-a690-965b098fabd1</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/8a6c729d</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p><strong>Promo: Making Time<br></strong><br>You have the same 24 hours in your day as the most accomplished people in the world. So why doesn't it feel that way? Follow along on this special 6 episode series as we take a look at how to make more time. By following biblical principles and taking a look at what you really want, Making Time shares the secret to having all the time you need... with a little help from some friends.</p><p>Learn more and download group guides at <a href="https://lumivoz.com/making-time/">https://lumivoz.com/making-time/</a></p><p>For questions, comments, or sharing your tips on how to make more time, reach out to <a href="mailto:makingtime@lumivoz.com">makingtime@lumivoz.com</a></p><p>------------------------------------------------------------------------------</p><br><p>A lot has changed since Creating Community, by Andy Stanley and Bill Willits was published 16 years ago describing the North Point Church's vision and strategies for group life. New realities, cultural shifts, technological changes, sociological dynamics, and organizational challenges have caused us to reevaluate our assumptions and strategies about small groups ministries. Listen to Bill share North Point's learnings and how we can adapt strategically and creatively for a thriving small groups ministry today. </p><p> </p><p>Guest: Bill Willits is the Executive Director of Adult Ministry Environments for North Point Ministries (NPM). One of the founding staff members of North Point, Bill is a graduate of Florida State University and Dallas Theological Seminary. He is also the co-author of the book, Creating Community with Andy Stanley, which was re-released in an updated and expanded edition in July, 2021. He and his team have helped connect thousands of adults into the benefits of group life. </p><p> </p><p>NOTES:</p><p><a href="https://groupleaders.org/">North Point Small Group Resources</a></p><p><a href="https://www.whygodwhypodcast.com/">Why God Why Podcast</a></p><p><a href="https://dashboard.transistor.fm/shows/group-talk/episodes/here-to-there-creating-community-five-keys-to-building-a-thriving-small-group-culture/smallgroupnetwork.com/virtuallobby">Virtual Lobby</a></p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p><strong>Promo: Making Time<br></strong><br>You have the same 24 hours in your day as the most accomplished people in the world. So why doesn't it feel that way? Follow along on this special 6 episode series as we take a look at how to make more time. By following biblical principles and taking a look at what you really want, Making Time shares the secret to having all the time you need... with a little help from some friends.</p><p>Learn more and download group guides at <a href="https://lumivoz.com/making-time/">https://lumivoz.com/making-time/</a></p><p>For questions, comments, or sharing your tips on how to make more time, reach out to <a href="mailto:makingtime@lumivoz.com">makingtime@lumivoz.com</a></p><p>------------------------------------------------------------------------------</p><br><p>A lot has changed since Creating Community, by Andy Stanley and Bill Willits was published 16 years ago describing the North Point Church's vision and strategies for group life. New realities, cultural shifts, technological changes, sociological dynamics, and organizational challenges have caused us to reevaluate our assumptions and strategies about small groups ministries. Listen to Bill share North Point's learnings and how we can adapt strategically and creatively for a thriving small groups ministry today. </p><p> </p><p>Guest: Bill Willits is the Executive Director of Adult Ministry Environments for North Point Ministries (NPM). One of the founding staff members of North Point, Bill is a graduate of Florida State University and Dallas Theological Seminary. He is also the co-author of the book, Creating Community with Andy Stanley, which was re-released in an updated and expanded edition in July, 2021. He and his team have helped connect thousands of adults into the benefits of group life. </p><p> </p><p>NOTES:</p><p><a href="https://groupleaders.org/">North Point Small Group Resources</a></p><p><a href="https://www.whygodwhypodcast.com/">Why God Why Podcast</a></p><p><a href="https://dashboard.transistor.fm/shows/group-talk/episodes/here-to-there-creating-community-five-keys-to-building-a-thriving-small-group-culture/smallgroupnetwork.com/virtuallobby">Virtual Lobby</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Wed, 05 Oct 2022 04:00:00 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Carolyn Taketa | Lumivoz</author>
      <enclosure url="https://op3.dev/e/dts.podtrac.com/redirect.mp3/media.transistor.fm/8a6c729d/0161837f.mp3" length="123393130" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Carolyn Taketa | Lumivoz</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>3755</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p><strong>Promo: Making Time<br></strong><br>You have the same 24 hours in your day as the most accomplished people in the world. So why doesn't it feel that way? Follow along on this special 6 episode series as we take a look at how to make more time. By following biblical principles and taking a look at what you really want, Making Time shares the secret to having all the time you need... with a little help from some friends.</p><p>Learn more and download group guides at <a href="https://lumivoz.com/making-time/">https://lumivoz.com/making-time/</a></p><p>For questions, comments, or sharing your tips on how to make more time, reach out to <a href="mailto:makingtime@lumivoz.com">makingtime@lumivoz.com</a></p><p>------------------------------------------------------------------------------</p><br><p>A lot has changed since Creating Community, by Andy Stanley and Bill Willits was published 16 years ago describing the North Point Church's vision and strategies for group life. New realities, cultural shifts, technological changes, sociological dynamics, and organizational challenges have caused us to reevaluate our assumptions and strategies about small groups ministries. Listen to Bill share North Point's learnings and how we can adapt strategically and creatively for a thriving small groups ministry today. </p><p> </p><p>Guest: Bill Willits is the Executive Director of Adult Ministry Environments for North Point Ministries (NPM). One of the founding staff members of North Point, Bill is a graduate of Florida State University and Dallas Theological Seminary. He is also the co-author of the book, Creating Community with Andy Stanley, which was re-released in an updated and expanded edition in July, 2021. He and his team have helped connect thousands of adults into the benefits of group life. </p><p> </p><p>NOTES:</p><p><a href="https://groupleaders.org/">North Point Small Group Resources</a></p><p><a href="https://www.whygodwhypodcast.com/">Why God Why Podcast</a></p><p><a href="https://dashboard.transistor.fm/shows/group-talk/episodes/here-to-there-creating-community-five-keys-to-building-a-thriving-small-group-culture/smallgroupnetwork.com/virtuallobby">Virtual Lobby</a></p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>church groups, church small groups, bible study, author interviews, how to do church, how to do small groups, community groups, group leadership, bible leadership, how to read the bible</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Here To There Classic: Discipling MS &amp; HS Students Through Small Groups</title>
      <itunes:episode>12</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>12</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>Here To There Classic: Discipling MS &amp; HS Students Through Small Groups</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">83cc5b5f-4290-4f3c-a0e2-637fc91a35eb</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/b0eb0420</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p><strong>Promo: Making Time<br></strong><br>You have the same 24 hours in your day as the most accomplished people in the world. So why doesn't it feel that way? Follow along on this special 6 episode series as we take a look at how to make more time. By following biblical principles and taking a look at what you really want, Making Time shares the secret to having all the time you need... with a little help from some friends.</p><p>Learn more and download group guides at <a href="https://lumivoz.com/making-time/">https://lumivoz.com/making-time/</a></p><p>For questions, comments, or sharing your tips on how to make more time, reach out to <a href="mailto:makingtime@lumivoz.com">makingtime@lumivoz.com</a></p><p>------------------------------------------------------------------------------</p><br><p>Guests:  From Calvary Community Church in Westlake Village, CA  Britt Vargas, High School Ministry Director - <a href="mailto:brittany.vargas@calvarywestlake.org">brittany.vargas@calvarywestlake.org</a> Connor Johnson, Middle School Pastor - <a href="mailto:connor.johnson@calvarywestlake.org">connor.johnson@calvarywestlake.org</a>   <a href="https://calvarywestlake.org/middle-school/"> https://calvarywestlake.org/middle-school/</a> <a href="https://calvarywestlake.org/high-school/"> https://calvarywestlake.org/high-school/</a>    How do we disciple the next generation through small groups?  </p><ul><li>Why have student small groups? </li><li>What do you look for in student group leaders? </li><li>How do you train leaders of various ages and life experiences? </li><li>How to connect and develop effective student groups?  </li><li>How do you handle complicated messy life issues that affect students such as the LGBTQ issues and self-harming behaviors? </li></ul>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p><strong>Promo: Making Time<br></strong><br>You have the same 24 hours in your day as the most accomplished people in the world. So why doesn't it feel that way? Follow along on this special 6 episode series as we take a look at how to make more time. By following biblical principles and taking a look at what you really want, Making Time shares the secret to having all the time you need... with a little help from some friends.</p><p>Learn more and download group guides at <a href="https://lumivoz.com/making-time/">https://lumivoz.com/making-time/</a></p><p>For questions, comments, or sharing your tips on how to make more time, reach out to <a href="mailto:makingtime@lumivoz.com">makingtime@lumivoz.com</a></p><p>------------------------------------------------------------------------------</p><br><p>Guests:  From Calvary Community Church in Westlake Village, CA  Britt Vargas, High School Ministry Director - <a href="mailto:brittany.vargas@calvarywestlake.org">brittany.vargas@calvarywestlake.org</a> Connor Johnson, Middle School Pastor - <a href="mailto:connor.johnson@calvarywestlake.org">connor.johnson@calvarywestlake.org</a>   <a href="https://calvarywestlake.org/middle-school/"> https://calvarywestlake.org/middle-school/</a> <a href="https://calvarywestlake.org/high-school/"> https://calvarywestlake.org/high-school/</a>    How do we disciple the next generation through small groups?  </p><ul><li>Why have student small groups? </li><li>What do you look for in student group leaders? </li><li>How do you train leaders of various ages and life experiences? </li><li>How to connect and develop effective student groups?  </li><li>How do you handle complicated messy life issues that affect students such as the LGBTQ issues and self-harming behaviors? </li></ul>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Wed, 28 Sep 2022 04:00:00 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Carolyn Taketa | Lumivoz</author>
      <enclosure url="https://op3.dev/e/dts.podtrac.com/redirect.mp3/media.transistor.fm/b0eb0420/bfa2fa4f.mp3" length="118316753" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Carolyn Taketa | Lumivoz</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>3596</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p><strong>Promo: Making Time<br></strong><br>You have the same 24 hours in your day as the most accomplished people in the world. So why doesn't it feel that way? Follow along on this special 6 episode series as we take a look at how to make more time. By following biblical principles and taking a look at what you really want, Making Time shares the secret to having all the time you need... with a little help from some friends.</p><p>Learn more and download group guides at <a href="https://lumivoz.com/making-time/">https://lumivoz.com/making-time/</a></p><p>For questions, comments, or sharing your tips on how to make more time, reach out to <a href="mailto:makingtime@lumivoz.com">makingtime@lumivoz.com</a></p><p>------------------------------------------------------------------------------</p><br><p>Guests:  From Calvary Community Church in Westlake Village, CA  Britt Vargas, High School Ministry Director - <a href="mailto:brittany.vargas@calvarywestlake.org">brittany.vargas@calvarywestlake.org</a> Connor Johnson, Middle School Pastor - <a href="mailto:connor.johnson@calvarywestlake.org">connor.johnson@calvarywestlake.org</a>   <a href="https://calvarywestlake.org/middle-school/"> https://calvarywestlake.org/middle-school/</a> <a href="https://calvarywestlake.org/high-school/"> https://calvarywestlake.org/high-school/</a>    How do we disciple the next generation through small groups?  </p><ul><li>Why have student small groups? </li><li>What do you look for in student group leaders? </li><li>How do you train leaders of various ages and life experiences? </li><li>How to connect and develop effective student groups?  </li><li>How do you handle complicated messy life issues that affect students such as the LGBTQ issues and self-harming behaviors? </li></ul>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>church groups, church small groups, bible study, author interviews, how to do church, how to do small groups, community groups, group leadership, bible leadership, how to read the bible</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>GROUPTALK CLASSIC: Why Churches Need Support &amp; Recovery Groups w/ Greg Anderson</title>
      <itunes:episode>11</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>11</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>GROUPTALK CLASSIC: Why Churches Need Support &amp; Recovery Groups w/ Greg Anderson</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">8379bb85-9db4-4bb7-b05d-f2123313331b</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/371e689d</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p><strong>Promo: Making Time<br></strong><br>You have the same 24 hours in your day as the most accomplished people in the world. So why doesn't it feel that way? Follow along on this special 6 episode series as we take a look at how to make more time. By following biblical principles and taking a look at what you really want, Making Time shares the secret to having all the time you need... with a little help from some friends.</p><p>Learn more and download group guides at <a href="https://lumivoz.com/making-time/">https://lumivoz.com/making-time/</a></p><p>For questions, comments, or sharing your tips on how to make more time, reach out to <a href="mailto:makingtime@lumivoz.com">makingtime@lumivoz.com</a></p><p>------------------------------------------------------------------------------</p><br><p>Guest: Greg Anderson    </p><p>Greg is originally from Myrtle Beach, South Carolina and has been in full-time church-based ministry since 1996 as a small group pastor, most recently at Calvary Chapel Fort Lauderdale. He has been involved with SGN from the early days of its launch, and currently serves as the Southeast Regional Representative for the Small Group Network. Greg is currently on staff with The Fellowship of Christian Athletes in Palm Beach County Florida.</p><p> </p><p>Along with beginning a recovery ministry at his church in South Carolina, He also has served as the National Training Coach for Celebrate Recovery in 2002, southeast regional director in 2003, and eventually became the first National Director for Celebrate Recovery in 2004. </p><p> </p><p>SHOW NOTES </p><p> Reach Greg via email:  </p><p><a href="mailto:ganderson@fca.org">ganderson@fca.org</a>  Greg's website for Men's recovery group: <a href="http://mysafegroup.org/">mysafegroup.org</a>   </p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p><strong>Promo: Making Time<br></strong><br>You have the same 24 hours in your day as the most accomplished people in the world. So why doesn't it feel that way? Follow along on this special 6 episode series as we take a look at how to make more time. By following biblical principles and taking a look at what you really want, Making Time shares the secret to having all the time you need... with a little help from some friends.</p><p>Learn more and download group guides at <a href="https://lumivoz.com/making-time/">https://lumivoz.com/making-time/</a></p><p>For questions, comments, or sharing your tips on how to make more time, reach out to <a href="mailto:makingtime@lumivoz.com">makingtime@lumivoz.com</a></p><p>------------------------------------------------------------------------------</p><br><p>Guest: Greg Anderson    </p><p>Greg is originally from Myrtle Beach, South Carolina and has been in full-time church-based ministry since 1996 as a small group pastor, most recently at Calvary Chapel Fort Lauderdale. He has been involved with SGN from the early days of its launch, and currently serves as the Southeast Regional Representative for the Small Group Network. Greg is currently on staff with The Fellowship of Christian Athletes in Palm Beach County Florida.</p><p> </p><p>Along with beginning a recovery ministry at his church in South Carolina, He also has served as the National Training Coach for Celebrate Recovery in 2002, southeast regional director in 2003, and eventually became the first National Director for Celebrate Recovery in 2004. </p><p> </p><p>SHOW NOTES </p><p> Reach Greg via email:  </p><p><a href="mailto:ganderson@fca.org">ganderson@fca.org</a>  Greg's website for Men's recovery group: <a href="http://mysafegroup.org/">mysafegroup.org</a>   </p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Wed, 21 Sep 2022 04:00:00 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Carolyn Taketa | Lumivoz</author>
      <enclosure url="https://op3.dev/e/dts.podtrac.com/redirect.mp3/media.transistor.fm/371e689d/aace9b8f.mp3" length="80510250" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Carolyn Taketa | Lumivoz</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>2446</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p><strong>Promo: Making Time<br></strong><br>You have the same 24 hours in your day as the most accomplished people in the world. So why doesn't it feel that way? Follow along on this special 6 episode series as we take a look at how to make more time. By following biblical principles and taking a look at what you really want, Making Time shares the secret to having all the time you need... with a little help from some friends.</p><p>Learn more and download group guides at <a href="https://lumivoz.com/making-time/">https://lumivoz.com/making-time/</a></p><p>For questions, comments, or sharing your tips on how to make more time, reach out to <a href="mailto:makingtime@lumivoz.com">makingtime@lumivoz.com</a></p><p>------------------------------------------------------------------------------</p><br><p>Guest: Greg Anderson    </p><p>Greg is originally from Myrtle Beach, South Carolina and has been in full-time church-based ministry since 1996 as a small group pastor, most recently at Calvary Chapel Fort Lauderdale. He has been involved with SGN from the early days of its launch, and currently serves as the Southeast Regional Representative for the Small Group Network. Greg is currently on staff with The Fellowship of Christian Athletes in Palm Beach County Florida.</p><p> </p><p>Along with beginning a recovery ministry at his church in South Carolina, He also has served as the National Training Coach for Celebrate Recovery in 2002, southeast regional director in 2003, and eventually became the first National Director for Celebrate Recovery in 2004. </p><p> </p><p>SHOW NOTES </p><p> Reach Greg via email:  </p><p><a href="mailto:ganderson@fca.org">ganderson@fca.org</a>  Greg's website for Men's recovery group: <a href="http://mysafegroup.org/">mysafegroup.org</a>   </p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>church groups, church small groups, bible study, author interviews, how to do church, how to do small groups, community groups, group leadership, bible leadership, how to read the bible</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>GROUPTALK CLASSIC: Training New Group Leaders: When, Why, What, and How</title>
      <itunes:episode>10</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>10</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>GROUPTALK CLASSIC: Training New Group Leaders: When, Why, What, and How</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">6b7d21dc-25ea-41e5-854e-7008e9d48e8f</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/e27a3f9e</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p><strong>Promo: Making Time<br></strong><br>You have the same 24 hours in your day as the most accomplished people in the world. So why doesn't it feel that way? Follow along on this special 6 episode series as we take a look at how to make more time. By following biblical principles and taking a look at what you really want, Making Time shares the secret to having all the time you need... with a little help from some friends.</p><p>Learn more and download group guides at <a href="https://lumivoz.com/making-time/">https://lumivoz.com/making-time/</a></p><p>For questions, comments, or sharing your tips on how to make more time, reach out to <a href="mailto:makingtime@lumivoz.com">makingtime@lumivoz.com</a></p><p>------------------------------------------------------------------------------</p><br><p>Guests on the Panel:</p><p>Bill Search is the author of Essential Guide for Small Group Leaders and Simple Small Groups. Currently serving as Executive Pastor of Ministries at Crossings Community Church in Oklahoma City. </p><p> </p><p>Heather Lee has served on staff at Crossroads Church in Manteca, California for 12 years and as the Groups Director for the last 4 years. She also serves on the SGN team as the Northern California Regional Leader. </p><p> </p><p>Danny Bias is the Life Groups Champion at Newbreak Church in San Diego since 2014. Currently an blogger/author for the Small Group Network.  </p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p><strong>Promo: Making Time<br></strong><br>You have the same 24 hours in your day as the most accomplished people in the world. So why doesn't it feel that way? Follow along on this special 6 episode series as we take a look at how to make more time. By following biblical principles and taking a look at what you really want, Making Time shares the secret to having all the time you need... with a little help from some friends.</p><p>Learn more and download group guides at <a href="https://lumivoz.com/making-time/">https://lumivoz.com/making-time/</a></p><p>For questions, comments, or sharing your tips on how to make more time, reach out to <a href="mailto:makingtime@lumivoz.com">makingtime@lumivoz.com</a></p><p>------------------------------------------------------------------------------</p><br><p>Guests on the Panel:</p><p>Bill Search is the author of Essential Guide for Small Group Leaders and Simple Small Groups. Currently serving as Executive Pastor of Ministries at Crossings Community Church in Oklahoma City. </p><p> </p><p>Heather Lee has served on staff at Crossroads Church in Manteca, California for 12 years and as the Groups Director for the last 4 years. She also serves on the SGN team as the Northern California Regional Leader. </p><p> </p><p>Danny Bias is the Life Groups Champion at Newbreak Church in San Diego since 2014. Currently an blogger/author for the Small Group Network.  </p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Wed, 14 Sep 2022 04:00:00 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Carolyn Taketa | Lumivoz</author>
      <enclosure url="https://op3.dev/e/dts.podtrac.com/redirect.mp3/media.transistor.fm/e27a3f9e/15c34cae.mp3" length="67800082" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Carolyn Taketa | Lumivoz</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>2075</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p><strong>Promo: Making Time<br></strong><br>You have the same 24 hours in your day as the most accomplished people in the world. So why doesn't it feel that way? Follow along on this special 6 episode series as we take a look at how to make more time. By following biblical principles and taking a look at what you really want, Making Time shares the secret to having all the time you need... with a little help from some friends.</p><p>Learn more and download group guides at <a href="https://lumivoz.com/making-time/">https://lumivoz.com/making-time/</a></p><p>For questions, comments, or sharing your tips on how to make more time, reach out to <a href="mailto:makingtime@lumivoz.com">makingtime@lumivoz.com</a></p><p>------------------------------------------------------------------------------</p><br><p>Guests on the Panel:</p><p>Bill Search is the author of Essential Guide for Small Group Leaders and Simple Small Groups. Currently serving as Executive Pastor of Ministries at Crossings Community Church in Oklahoma City. </p><p> </p><p>Heather Lee has served on staff at Crossroads Church in Manteca, California for 12 years and as the Groups Director for the last 4 years. She also serves on the SGN team as the Northern California Regional Leader. </p><p> </p><p>Danny Bias is the Life Groups Champion at Newbreak Church in San Diego since 2014. Currently an blogger/author for the Small Group Network.  </p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>church groups, church small groups, bible study, author interviews, how to do church, how to do small groups, community groups, group leadership, bible leadership, how to read the bible</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>5th Wednesday: Celebrating Sabbath In Community With Ruth Haley Barton</title>
      <itunes:title>5th Wednesday: Celebrating Sabbath In Community With Ruth Haley Barton</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>bonus</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">878870b7-9e2b-4314-9be3-b7a28b992f7a</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/f180cac3</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p><strong>Promo: Making Time<br></strong><br>You have the same 24 hours in your day as the most accomplished people in the world. So why doesn't it feel that way? Follow along on this special 6 episode series as we take a look at how to make more time. By following biblical principles and taking a look at what you really want, Making Time shares the secret to having all the time you need... with a little help from some friends.</p><p>Learn more and download group guides at <a href="https://lumivoz.com/making-time/">https://lumivoz.com/making-time/</a></p><p>For questions, comments, or sharing your tips on how to make more time, reach out to <a href="mailto:makingtime@lumivoz.com">makingtime@lumivoz.com</a></p><p>------------------------------------------------------------------------------</p><br><p>For more information on Ruth Haley Barton check out her website at <a href="https://www.ruthhaleybarton.com/">https://www.ruthhaleybarton.com/</a> and learn more about the Transforming Center at <a href="https://transformingcenter.org/">https://transformingcenter.org/</a></p><p><b>Embracing Rhythms of Work and Rest: From Sabbath to Sabbatical and Back Again</b></p><p>Early Release from IV Press: <a href="https://www.ivpress.com/embracing-rhythms-of-work-and-rest">https://www.ivpress.com/embracing-rhythms-of-work-and-rest</a><br>Amazon (Oct 11): <a href="https://www.amazon.com/Embracing-Rhythms-Work-Rest-Sabbatical/dp/1514002639">https://www.amazon.com/Embracing-Rhythms-Work-Rest-Sabbatical/dp/1514002639</a></p><p>This episode really just took a surface level look at Sabbath and barely even introduced the topic of sabbatical. If you want to go deeper, check out Ruth Haley Barton's book, Embracing Rhythms of Work and Rest by winning a copy from us or by purchasing an early release copy directly from Intervarsity Press. Or you can wait for the regular release in October and buy it from Amazon.</p><p>We will be giving out a pair of the books and their are two different ways to enter. We will choose the winners via a random drawing on September 7th. The first method of entering is to leave a review for this podcast on your podcast player of choice. It doesn't even have to be a good review, it can be any review. Just take a screenshot of your review and send it to me at <a href="mailto:info@lumivoz.com">info@lumivoz.com</a></p><p>The second method is to find<a href="https://www.facebook.com/lumivoz"> lumivoz on Facebook</a> and leave a comment on the contest post with your favorite or best sabbath tip. </p><p>You can enter both ways and as many times as you link in order to win. Good luck! I can't wait to talk with you on the next 5th Wednesday!</p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p><strong>Promo: Making Time<br></strong><br>You have the same 24 hours in your day as the most accomplished people in the world. So why doesn't it feel that way? Follow along on this special 6 episode series as we take a look at how to make more time. By following biblical principles and taking a look at what you really want, Making Time shares the secret to having all the time you need... with a little help from some friends.</p><p>Learn more and download group guides at <a href="https://lumivoz.com/making-time/">https://lumivoz.com/making-time/</a></p><p>For questions, comments, or sharing your tips on how to make more time, reach out to <a href="mailto:makingtime@lumivoz.com">makingtime@lumivoz.com</a></p><p>------------------------------------------------------------------------------</p><br><p>For more information on Ruth Haley Barton check out her website at <a href="https://www.ruthhaleybarton.com/">https://www.ruthhaleybarton.com/</a> and learn more about the Transforming Center at <a href="https://transformingcenter.org/">https://transformingcenter.org/</a></p><p><b>Embracing Rhythms of Work and Rest: From Sabbath to Sabbatical and Back Again</b></p><p>Early Release from IV Press: <a href="https://www.ivpress.com/embracing-rhythms-of-work-and-rest">https://www.ivpress.com/embracing-rhythms-of-work-and-rest</a><br>Amazon (Oct 11): <a href="https://www.amazon.com/Embracing-Rhythms-Work-Rest-Sabbatical/dp/1514002639">https://www.amazon.com/Embracing-Rhythms-Work-Rest-Sabbatical/dp/1514002639</a></p><p>This episode really just took a surface level look at Sabbath and barely even introduced the topic of sabbatical. If you want to go deeper, check out Ruth Haley Barton's book, Embracing Rhythms of Work and Rest by winning a copy from us or by purchasing an early release copy directly from Intervarsity Press. Or you can wait for the regular release in October and buy it from Amazon.</p><p>We will be giving out a pair of the books and their are two different ways to enter. We will choose the winners via a random drawing on September 7th. The first method of entering is to leave a review for this podcast on your podcast player of choice. It doesn't even have to be a good review, it can be any review. Just take a screenshot of your review and send it to me at <a href="mailto:info@lumivoz.com">info@lumivoz.com</a></p><p>The second method is to find<a href="https://www.facebook.com/lumivoz"> lumivoz on Facebook</a> and leave a comment on the contest post with your favorite or best sabbath tip. </p><p>You can enter both ways and as many times as you link in order to win. Good luck! I can't wait to talk with you on the next 5th Wednesday!</p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Wed, 31 Aug 2022 02:00:00 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Carolyn Taketa | Lumivoz</author>
      <enclosure url="https://op3.dev/e/dts.podtrac.com/redirect.mp3/media.transistor.fm/f180cac3/ba9dda68.mp3" length="47369654" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Carolyn Taketa | Lumivoz</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://img.transistor.fm/UG-XRjr3tBA7hddzHrEmFXJ92sbEU_VNJYGPmM_bmaU/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:1400/h:1400/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS9lcGlz/b2RlLzEwMDc5NDEv/MTY2MTkyNDg3Ny1h/cnR3b3JrLmpwZw.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>1974</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>This special episode of 5th Wednesday is a conversation between James Browning with the Small Group Network and Ruth Haley Barton, founder of the Transforming Center about her new book "Embracing Rhythms of Work and Rest" and specifically dive into the command to honor the Sabbath. But how can Sabbath be an a communal command and not something that is done purely alone?</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>This special episode of 5th Wednesday is a conversation between James Browning with the Small Group Network and Ruth Haley Barton, founder of the Transforming Center about her new book "Embracing Rhythms of Work and Rest" and specifically dive into the co</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:keywords>church groups, church small groups, bible study, author interviews, how to do church, how to do small groups, community groups, group leadership, bible leadership, how to read the bible</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/f180cac3/transcript.srt" type="application/x-subrip" rel="captions"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Biblical Engagement in Groups w/ Dr. Roberta Hestenes</title>
      <itunes:episode>9</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>9</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>Biblical Engagement in Groups w/ Dr. Roberta Hestenes</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">b03dbfc8-391f-4874-9511-3363e637f7a4</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/86fed475</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p><strong>Promo: Making Time<br></strong><br>You have the same 24 hours in your day as the most accomplished people in the world. So why doesn't it feel that way? Follow along on this special 6 episode series as we take a look at how to make more time. By following biblical principles and taking a look at what you really want, Making Time shares the secret to having all the time you need... with a little help from some friends.</p><p>Learn more and download group guides at <a href="https://lumivoz.com/making-time/">https://lumivoz.com/making-time/</a></p><p>For questions, comments, or sharing your tips on how to make more time, reach out to <a href="mailto:makingtime@lumivoz.com">makingtime@lumivoz.com</a></p><p>------------------------------------------------------------------------------</p><br><p>Most small group ministry leaders would agree that Bible study is a significant part of a small group. Yet, do our groups engage meaningfully with Scripture or are they just bouncing off verses during meetings?</p><ul><li>How well do we train our group leaders on working through a passage of the Bible and helping members interpret and understand God's Word for themselves?</li><li>What can we do to increase our engagement with God's Word in groups? </li></ul><p>Rev. Dr. Roberta Hestenes: As a pastor, Fuller seminary professor, Christian college president, international speaker, senior pastor and author, Rev. Dr. Roberta Hestenes has been a pioneering leader in Christian ministry 50+ years. She is the author of numerous books and publications including “Using the Bible in Groups” and a Bible commentary on 2 Corinthians and Galatians.  She has lectured at more than 60 universities and seminaries and has received 8 honorary doctoral degrees. During her 15+ years on the theology faculty at Fuller Seminary, she initiated courses on small groups, women in ministry, and how to teach the Bible. She is an an ordained Presbyterian minister who currently serves as a teaching pastor at Bayside Granite Bay Church, near Sacramento.</p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p><strong>Promo: Making Time<br></strong><br>You have the same 24 hours in your day as the most accomplished people in the world. So why doesn't it feel that way? Follow along on this special 6 episode series as we take a look at how to make more time. By following biblical principles and taking a look at what you really want, Making Time shares the secret to having all the time you need... with a little help from some friends.</p><p>Learn more and download group guides at <a href="https://lumivoz.com/making-time/">https://lumivoz.com/making-time/</a></p><p>For questions, comments, or sharing your tips on how to make more time, reach out to <a href="mailto:makingtime@lumivoz.com">makingtime@lumivoz.com</a></p><p>------------------------------------------------------------------------------</p><br><p>Most small group ministry leaders would agree that Bible study is a significant part of a small group. Yet, do our groups engage meaningfully with Scripture or are they just bouncing off verses during meetings?</p><ul><li>How well do we train our group leaders on working through a passage of the Bible and helping members interpret and understand God's Word for themselves?</li><li>What can we do to increase our engagement with God's Word in groups? </li></ul><p>Rev. Dr. Roberta Hestenes: As a pastor, Fuller seminary professor, Christian college president, international speaker, senior pastor and author, Rev. Dr. Roberta Hestenes has been a pioneering leader in Christian ministry 50+ years. She is the author of numerous books and publications including “Using the Bible in Groups” and a Bible commentary on 2 Corinthians and Galatians.  She has lectured at more than 60 universities and seminaries and has received 8 honorary doctoral degrees. During her 15+ years on the theology faculty at Fuller Seminary, she initiated courses on small groups, women in ministry, and how to teach the Bible. She is an an ordained Presbyterian minister who currently serves as a teaching pastor at Bayside Granite Bay Church, near Sacramento.</p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Wed, 10 Aug 2022 04:00:00 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Carolyn Taketa | Lumivoz</author>
      <enclosure url="https://op3.dev/e/dts.podtrac.com/redirect.mp3/media.transistor.fm/86fed475/56ecd9fc.mp3" length="71863896" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Carolyn Taketa | Lumivoz</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>2200</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p><strong>Promo: Making Time<br></strong><br>You have the same 24 hours in your day as the most accomplished people in the world. So why doesn't it feel that way? Follow along on this special 6 episode series as we take a look at how to make more time. By following biblical principles and taking a look at what you really want, Making Time shares the secret to having all the time you need... with a little help from some friends.</p><p>Learn more and download group guides at <a href="https://lumivoz.com/making-time/">https://lumivoz.com/making-time/</a></p><p>For questions, comments, or sharing your tips on how to make more time, reach out to <a href="mailto:makingtime@lumivoz.com">makingtime@lumivoz.com</a></p><p>------------------------------------------------------------------------------</p><br><p>Most small group ministry leaders would agree that Bible study is a significant part of a small group. Yet, do our groups engage meaningfully with Scripture or are they just bouncing off verses during meetings?</p><ul><li>How well do we train our group leaders on working through a passage of the Bible and helping members interpret and understand God's Word for themselves?</li><li>What can we do to increase our engagement with God's Word in groups? </li></ul><p>Rev. Dr. Roberta Hestenes: As a pastor, Fuller seminary professor, Christian college president, international speaker, senior pastor and author, Rev. Dr. Roberta Hestenes has been a pioneering leader in Christian ministry 50+ years. She is the author of numerous books and publications including “Using the Bible in Groups” and a Bible commentary on 2 Corinthians and Galatians.  She has lectured at more than 60 universities and seminaries and has received 8 honorary doctoral degrees. During her 15+ years on the theology faculty at Fuller Seminary, she initiated courses on small groups, women in ministry, and how to teach the Bible. She is an an ordained Presbyterian minister who currently serves as a teaching pastor at Bayside Granite Bay Church, near Sacramento.</p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>church groups, church small groups, bible study, author interviews, how to do church, how to do small groups, community groups, group leadership, bible leadership, how to read the bible</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>How to Give and Receive Feedback Well </title>
      <itunes:episode>8</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>8</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>How to Give and Receive Feedback Well </itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">2d9b375d-c419-4f3b-9e26-b5d5be04922d</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/6f451c6e</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p><strong>Promo: Making Time<br></strong><br>You have the same 24 hours in your day as the most accomplished people in the world. So why doesn't it feel that way? Follow along on this special 6 episode series as we take a look at how to make more time. By following biblical principles and taking a look at what you really want, Making Time shares the secret to having all the time you need... with a little help from some friends.</p><p>Learn more and download group guides at <a href="https://lumivoz.com/making-time/">https://lumivoz.com/making-time/</a></p><p>For questions, comments, or sharing your tips on how to make more time, reach out to <a href="mailto:makingtime@lumivoz.com">makingtime@lumivoz.com</a></p><p>------------------------------------------------------------------------------</p><br><p>Guest:  Dr. Bill Donahue </p><p><br></p><p>Dr. Bill Donahue, Ph.D., focuses his work on building transformational leaders, groups and teams. He is a conference speaker, author and strategic voice in areas of leadership development, community-building, and strategic vision. Bill’s work blends his corporate and church experience as he serves clients in both arenas. After 18 years at Willow Creek – at the church and the Association – Bill joined the faculty of Trinity International University and leads the Doctor of Ministry Program there, training over 100 church leaders and pastors. Bill has published or co-authored over a dozen books and training resources for all levels of leadership, including the best-selling <em>Leading Life-changing Small Groups, Coaching Life-Changing Leaders, Building a Life-Changing Small Group Ministry</em>, the DVD training series <em>Making Small Groups Work</em>, and most recently <em>The Irresistible Community</em>.</p><p><a href="https://drbilldonahue.com/">https://drbilldonahue.com/</a></p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p><strong>Promo: Making Time<br></strong><br>You have the same 24 hours in your day as the most accomplished people in the world. So why doesn't it feel that way? Follow along on this special 6 episode series as we take a look at how to make more time. By following biblical principles and taking a look at what you really want, Making Time shares the secret to having all the time you need... with a little help from some friends.</p><p>Learn more and download group guides at <a href="https://lumivoz.com/making-time/">https://lumivoz.com/making-time/</a></p><p>For questions, comments, or sharing your tips on how to make more time, reach out to <a href="mailto:makingtime@lumivoz.com">makingtime@lumivoz.com</a></p><p>------------------------------------------------------------------------------</p><br><p>Guest:  Dr. Bill Donahue </p><p><br></p><p>Dr. Bill Donahue, Ph.D., focuses his work on building transformational leaders, groups and teams. He is a conference speaker, author and strategic voice in areas of leadership development, community-building, and strategic vision. Bill’s work blends his corporate and church experience as he serves clients in both arenas. After 18 years at Willow Creek – at the church and the Association – Bill joined the faculty of Trinity International University and leads the Doctor of Ministry Program there, training over 100 church leaders and pastors. Bill has published or co-authored over a dozen books and training resources for all levels of leadership, including the best-selling <em>Leading Life-changing Small Groups, Coaching Life-Changing Leaders, Building a Life-Changing Small Group Ministry</em>, the DVD training series <em>Making Small Groups Work</em>, and most recently <em>The Irresistible Community</em>.</p><p><a href="https://drbilldonahue.com/">https://drbilldonahue.com/</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Wed, 13 Jul 2022 04:00:00 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Carolyn Taketa | Lumivoz</author>
      <enclosure url="https://op3.dev/e/dts.podtrac.com/redirect.mp3/media.transistor.fm/6f451c6e/bac92ede.mp3" length="91337551" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Carolyn Taketa | Lumivoz</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>2771</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p><strong>Promo: Making Time<br></strong><br>You have the same 24 hours in your day as the most accomplished people in the world. So why doesn't it feel that way? Follow along on this special 6 episode series as we take a look at how to make more time. By following biblical principles and taking a look at what you really want, Making Time shares the secret to having all the time you need... with a little help from some friends.</p><p>Learn more and download group guides at <a href="https://lumivoz.com/making-time/">https://lumivoz.com/making-time/</a></p><p>For questions, comments, or sharing your tips on how to make more time, reach out to <a href="mailto:makingtime@lumivoz.com">makingtime@lumivoz.com</a></p><p>------------------------------------------------------------------------------</p><br><p>Guest:  Dr. Bill Donahue </p><p><br></p><p>Dr. Bill Donahue, Ph.D., focuses his work on building transformational leaders, groups and teams. He is a conference speaker, author and strategic voice in areas of leadership development, community-building, and strategic vision. Bill’s work blends his corporate and church experience as he serves clients in both arenas. After 18 years at Willow Creek – at the church and the Association – Bill joined the faculty of Trinity International University and leads the Doctor of Ministry Program there, training over 100 church leaders and pastors. Bill has published or co-authored over a dozen books and training resources for all levels of leadership, including the best-selling <em>Leading Life-changing Small Groups, Coaching Life-Changing Leaders, Building a Life-Changing Small Group Ministry</em>, the DVD training series <em>Making Small Groups Work</em>, and most recently <em>The Irresistible Community</em>.</p><p><a href="https://drbilldonahue.com/">https://drbilldonahue.com/</a></p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>church groups, church small groups, bible study, author interviews, how to do church, how to do small groups, community groups, group leadership, bible leadership, how to read the bible</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Identifying and Recruiting New Leaders - Replay from Lobby 2019</title>
      <itunes:episode>7</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>7</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>Identifying and Recruiting New Leaders - Replay from Lobby 2019</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">8550da9f-78bb-432d-8925-7df35f76b876</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/65c14ac4</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p><strong>Promo: Making Time<br></strong><br>You have the same 24 hours in your day as the most accomplished people in the world. So why doesn't it feel that way? Follow along on this special 6 episode series as we take a look at how to make more time. By following biblical principles and taking a look at what you really want, Making Time shares the secret to having all the time you need... with a little help from some friends.</p><p>Learn more and download group guides at <a href="https://lumivoz.com/making-time/">https://lumivoz.com/making-time/</a></p><p>For questions, comments, or sharing your tips on how to make more time, reach out to <a href="mailto:makingtime@lumivoz.com">makingtime@lumivoz.com</a></p><p>------------------------------------------------------------------------------</p><br><p>A panel discussion on how to overcome the typical barriers of getting new leaders, and how to identify, invite, and recruit new people to lead groups. Group Talk Podcast Panelists: Bill Search - Author of "Essential Guide for Small Group Leaders" and "Simple Small Groups" and serves as Executive Pastor of Ministries at Crossings Community Church in Oklahoma City, OK Mark Kendall - Small Groups Pastor at Grace Church in Eden Prairie, MN and also serves as the North Central Regional Leader for the Small Group Network. Tommy Carreras - Tommy oversees care and community at Mission Church in Ventura, CA and helps to lead the Ventura County Small Group Network "Huddle." </p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p><strong>Promo: Making Time<br></strong><br>You have the same 24 hours in your day as the most accomplished people in the world. So why doesn't it feel that way? Follow along on this special 6 episode series as we take a look at how to make more time. By following biblical principles and taking a look at what you really want, Making Time shares the secret to having all the time you need... with a little help from some friends.</p><p>Learn more and download group guides at <a href="https://lumivoz.com/making-time/">https://lumivoz.com/making-time/</a></p><p>For questions, comments, or sharing your tips on how to make more time, reach out to <a href="mailto:makingtime@lumivoz.com">makingtime@lumivoz.com</a></p><p>------------------------------------------------------------------------------</p><br><p>A panel discussion on how to overcome the typical barriers of getting new leaders, and how to identify, invite, and recruit new people to lead groups. Group Talk Podcast Panelists: Bill Search - Author of "Essential Guide for Small Group Leaders" and "Simple Small Groups" and serves as Executive Pastor of Ministries at Crossings Community Church in Oklahoma City, OK Mark Kendall - Small Groups Pastor at Grace Church in Eden Prairie, MN and also serves as the North Central Regional Leader for the Small Group Network. Tommy Carreras - Tommy oversees care and community at Mission Church in Ventura, CA and helps to lead the Ventura County Small Group Network "Huddle." </p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Wed, 08 Jun 2022 06:15:34 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Carolyn Taketa | Lumivoz</author>
      <enclosure url="https://op3.dev/e/dts.podtrac.com/redirect.mp3/media.transistor.fm/65c14ac4/a0b5afbb.mp3" length="84747669" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Carolyn Taketa | Lumivoz</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>2583</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p><strong>Promo: Making Time<br></strong><br>You have the same 24 hours in your day as the most accomplished people in the world. So why doesn't it feel that way? Follow along on this special 6 episode series as we take a look at how to make more time. By following biblical principles and taking a look at what you really want, Making Time shares the secret to having all the time you need... with a little help from some friends.</p><p>Learn more and download group guides at <a href="https://lumivoz.com/making-time/">https://lumivoz.com/making-time/</a></p><p>For questions, comments, or sharing your tips on how to make more time, reach out to <a href="mailto:makingtime@lumivoz.com">makingtime@lumivoz.com</a></p><p>------------------------------------------------------------------------------</p><br><p>A panel discussion on how to overcome the typical barriers of getting new leaders, and how to identify, invite, and recruit new people to lead groups. Group Talk Podcast Panelists: Bill Search - Author of "Essential Guide for Small Group Leaders" and "Simple Small Groups" and serves as Executive Pastor of Ministries at Crossings Community Church in Oklahoma City, OK Mark Kendall - Small Groups Pastor at Grace Church in Eden Prairie, MN and also serves as the North Central Regional Leader for the Small Group Network. Tommy Carreras - Tommy oversees care and community at Mission Church in Ventura, CA and helps to lead the Ventura County Small Group Network "Huddle." </p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>church groups, church small groups, bible study, author interviews, how to do church, how to do small groups, community groups, group leadership, bible leadership, how to read the bible</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Growing Small Groups in a Catholic Church</title>
      <itunes:episode>6</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>6</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>Growing Small Groups in a Catholic Church</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">02ea01fc-e75d-4e81-a7ef-891f426de893</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/d576bf96</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p><strong>Promo: Making Time<br></strong><br>You have the same 24 hours in your day as the most accomplished people in the world. So why doesn't it feel that way? Follow along on this special 6 episode series as we take a look at how to make more time. By following biblical principles and taking a look at what you really want, Making Time shares the secret to having all the time you need... with a little help from some friends.</p><p>Learn more and download group guides at <a href="https://lumivoz.com/making-time/">https://lumivoz.com/making-time/</a></p><p>For questions, comments, or sharing your tips on how to make more time, reach out to <a href="mailto:makingtime@lumivoz.com">makingtime@lumivoz.com</a></p><p>------------------------------------------------------------------------------</p><br><p>"What unites us is much greater than what divides us." This quote by Pope John XXIII is so applicable to this conversation with Kelly Lippenholz from Church of the Nativity - a dynamic Catholic congregation deeply committed to discipleship and community through small groups. </p><p><br></p><p>Kelly shares about the power of a personal invitation from her own story, how Church of the Nativity developed a new culture of community in a Catholic church context, how they executed very successful group launches, and how they integrated groups as the primary pathway for discipleship. Kelly and her small groups team are valuable members of the Small Group Network and you can interact with them on our Facebook page. </p><p><br></p><p> </p><p>Bio: </p><p><br></p><p>Kelly Lippenholz began her career in ministry at Church of the Nativity, a parish in the Archdiocese of Baltimore, Maryland when she began volunteering with the Youth Ministry program and leading a small group of 6th grade girls. Those girls are now in college and Kelly is in her 10th year of vocational ministry. She spent six years withYouth Ministry - writing curriculum, delivering messages, planning retreats, and training for 200 Next Gen ministers. A few years ago, she transitioned into her current role at Nativity as Director of Adult Discipleship where she oversees several ministries including small groups, member care, missions, and adult ministry. </p><p>Links: </p><p><a href="https://www.churchnativity.com/groups/">https://www.churchnativity.com/groups/</a></p><p><a href="mailto:klippenholz@churchnativity.com">klippenholz@churchnativity.com</a></p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p><strong>Promo: Making Time<br></strong><br>You have the same 24 hours in your day as the most accomplished people in the world. So why doesn't it feel that way? Follow along on this special 6 episode series as we take a look at how to make more time. By following biblical principles and taking a look at what you really want, Making Time shares the secret to having all the time you need... with a little help from some friends.</p><p>Learn more and download group guides at <a href="https://lumivoz.com/making-time/">https://lumivoz.com/making-time/</a></p><p>For questions, comments, or sharing your tips on how to make more time, reach out to <a href="mailto:makingtime@lumivoz.com">makingtime@lumivoz.com</a></p><p>------------------------------------------------------------------------------</p><br><p>"What unites us is much greater than what divides us." This quote by Pope John XXIII is so applicable to this conversation with Kelly Lippenholz from Church of the Nativity - a dynamic Catholic congregation deeply committed to discipleship and community through small groups. </p><p><br></p><p>Kelly shares about the power of a personal invitation from her own story, how Church of the Nativity developed a new culture of community in a Catholic church context, how they executed very successful group launches, and how they integrated groups as the primary pathway for discipleship. Kelly and her small groups team are valuable members of the Small Group Network and you can interact with them on our Facebook page. </p><p><br></p><p> </p><p>Bio: </p><p><br></p><p>Kelly Lippenholz began her career in ministry at Church of the Nativity, a parish in the Archdiocese of Baltimore, Maryland when she began volunteering with the Youth Ministry program and leading a small group of 6th grade girls. Those girls are now in college and Kelly is in her 10th year of vocational ministry. She spent six years withYouth Ministry - writing curriculum, delivering messages, planning retreats, and training for 200 Next Gen ministers. A few years ago, she transitioned into her current role at Nativity as Director of Adult Discipleship where she oversees several ministries including small groups, member care, missions, and adult ministry. </p><p>Links: </p><p><a href="https://www.churchnativity.com/groups/">https://www.churchnativity.com/groups/</a></p><p><a href="mailto:klippenholz@churchnativity.com">klippenholz@churchnativity.com</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Wed, 11 May 2022 03:38:21 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Carolyn Taketa | Lumivoz</author>
      <enclosure url="https://op3.dev/e/dts.podtrac.com/redirect.mp3/media.transistor.fm/d576bf96/bb86aab0.mp3" length="93763710" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Carolyn Taketa | Lumivoz</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>2856</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p><strong>Promo: Making Time<br></strong><br>You have the same 24 hours in your day as the most accomplished people in the world. So why doesn't it feel that way? Follow along on this special 6 episode series as we take a look at how to make more time. By following biblical principles and taking a look at what you really want, Making Time shares the secret to having all the time you need... with a little help from some friends.</p><p>Learn more and download group guides at <a href="https://lumivoz.com/making-time/">https://lumivoz.com/making-time/</a></p><p>For questions, comments, or sharing your tips on how to make more time, reach out to <a href="mailto:makingtime@lumivoz.com">makingtime@lumivoz.com</a></p><p>------------------------------------------------------------------------------</p><br><p>"What unites us is much greater than what divides us." This quote by Pope John XXIII is so applicable to this conversation with Kelly Lippenholz from Church of the Nativity - a dynamic Catholic congregation deeply committed to discipleship and community through small groups. </p><p><br></p><p>Kelly shares about the power of a personal invitation from her own story, how Church of the Nativity developed a new culture of community in a Catholic church context, how they executed very successful group launches, and how they integrated groups as the primary pathway for discipleship. Kelly and her small groups team are valuable members of the Small Group Network and you can interact with them on our Facebook page. </p><p><br></p><p> </p><p>Bio: </p><p><br></p><p>Kelly Lippenholz began her career in ministry at Church of the Nativity, a parish in the Archdiocese of Baltimore, Maryland when she began volunteering with the Youth Ministry program and leading a small group of 6th grade girls. Those girls are now in college and Kelly is in her 10th year of vocational ministry. She spent six years withYouth Ministry - writing curriculum, delivering messages, planning retreats, and training for 200 Next Gen ministers. A few years ago, she transitioned into her current role at Nativity as Director of Adult Discipleship where she oversees several ministries including small groups, member care, missions, and adult ministry. </p><p>Links: </p><p><a href="https://www.churchnativity.com/groups/">https://www.churchnativity.com/groups/</a></p><p><a href="mailto:klippenholz@churchnativity.com">klippenholz@churchnativity.com</a></p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>church groups, church small groups, bible study, author interviews, how to do church, how to do small groups, community groups, group leadership, bible leadership, how to read the bible</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Leading Groups That Thrive </title>
      <itunes:episode>5</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>5</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>Leading Groups That Thrive </itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">bfce2150-e7a5-42be-ac4b-08bd67f3278f</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/b7677a39</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p><strong>Promo: Making Time<br></strong><br>You have the same 24 hours in your day as the most accomplished people in the world. So why doesn't it feel that way? Follow along on this special 6 episode series as we take a look at how to make more time. By following biblical principles and taking a look at what you really want, Making Time shares the secret to having all the time you need... with a little help from some friends.</p><p>Learn more and download group guides at <a href="https://lumivoz.com/making-time/">https://lumivoz.com/making-time/</a></p><p>For questions, comments, or sharing your tips on how to make more time, reach out to <a href="mailto:makingtime@lumivoz.com">makingtime@lumivoz.com</a></p><p>------------------------------------------------------------------------------</p><br><p>We talk with the authors of a compelling new book, <em>"Leading Small Groups that Thrive: Five Shifts to take your group to the next level."</em> Based on extensive research, this book provides insights and practical how-tos on building small groups that are healthy, effective, and transformational. </p><p><a href="https://thrivinggroups.com/"> https://thrivinggroups.com/</a></p><p> </p><p>Jason Sniff is the pastor of small groups at Eastview Christian church in Normal, Illinois, and a licensed professional counselor with over 15 years of experience in developing group life within the private and public sectors.</p><p>Courtney Davis has a PhD in Organizational Communication. She is the Associate Professor of Communication Management at Azusa Pacific University, where she teaches organizational, small group, and professional communication. </p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p><strong>Promo: Making Time<br></strong><br>You have the same 24 hours in your day as the most accomplished people in the world. So why doesn't it feel that way? Follow along on this special 6 episode series as we take a look at how to make more time. By following biblical principles and taking a look at what you really want, Making Time shares the secret to having all the time you need... with a little help from some friends.</p><p>Learn more and download group guides at <a href="https://lumivoz.com/making-time/">https://lumivoz.com/making-time/</a></p><p>For questions, comments, or sharing your tips on how to make more time, reach out to <a href="mailto:makingtime@lumivoz.com">makingtime@lumivoz.com</a></p><p>------------------------------------------------------------------------------</p><br><p>We talk with the authors of a compelling new book, <em>"Leading Small Groups that Thrive: Five Shifts to take your group to the next level."</em> Based on extensive research, this book provides insights and practical how-tos on building small groups that are healthy, effective, and transformational. </p><p><a href="https://thrivinggroups.com/"> https://thrivinggroups.com/</a></p><p> </p><p>Jason Sniff is the pastor of small groups at Eastview Christian church in Normal, Illinois, and a licensed professional counselor with over 15 years of experience in developing group life within the private and public sectors.</p><p>Courtney Davis has a PhD in Organizational Communication. She is the Associate Professor of Communication Management at Azusa Pacific University, where she teaches organizational, small group, and professional communication. </p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Wed, 13 Apr 2022 04:00:00 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Carolyn Taketa | Lumivoz</author>
      <enclosure url="https://op3.dev/e/dts.podtrac.com/redirect.mp3/media.transistor.fm/b7677a39/f70c720a.mp3" length="94150633" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Carolyn Taketa | Lumivoz</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://img.transistor.fm/T-oITY4sd6hgp5BoEF0FC63lMSTmVOjlVwYhN7J_I6U/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:1400/h:1400/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS9lcGlz/b2RlLzg2MTU3MC8x/NjQ5ODIyMDEzLWFy/dHdvcmsuanBn.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>2853</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p><strong>Promo: Making Time<br></strong><br>You have the same 24 hours in your day as the most accomplished people in the world. So why doesn't it feel that way? Follow along on this special 6 episode series as we take a look at how to make more time. By following biblical principles and taking a look at what you really want, Making Time shares the secret to having all the time you need... with a little help from some friends.</p><p>Learn more and download group guides at <a href="https://lumivoz.com/making-time/">https://lumivoz.com/making-time/</a></p><p>For questions, comments, or sharing your tips on how to make more time, reach out to <a href="mailto:makingtime@lumivoz.com">makingtime@lumivoz.com</a></p><p>------------------------------------------------------------------------------</p><br><p>We talk with the authors of a compelling new book, <em>"Leading Small Groups that Thrive: Five Shifts to take your group to the next level."</em> Based on extensive research, this book provides insights and practical how-tos on building small groups that are healthy, effective, and transformational. </p><p><a href="https://thrivinggroups.com/"> https://thrivinggroups.com/</a></p><p> </p><p>Jason Sniff is the pastor of small groups at Eastview Christian church in Normal, Illinois, and a licensed professional counselor with over 15 years of experience in developing group life within the private and public sectors.</p><p>Courtney Davis has a PhD in Organizational Communication. She is the Associate Professor of Communication Management at Azusa Pacific University, where she teaches organizational, small group, and professional communication. </p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>church groups, church small groups, bible study, author interviews, how to do church, how to do small groups, community groups, group leadership, bible leadership, how to read the bible</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Leading Millennials and Gen Z in the Church </title>
      <itunes:episode>4</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>4</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>Leading Millennials and Gen Z in the Church </itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">a67678d1-e5eb-41e3-b98d-e9003d0a2695</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/5ec5fb80</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p><strong>Promo: Making Time<br></strong><br>You have the same 24 hours in your day as the most accomplished people in the world. So why doesn't it feel that way? Follow along on this special 6 episode series as we take a look at how to make more time. By following biblical principles and taking a look at what you really want, Making Time shares the secret to having all the time you need... with a little help from some friends.</p><p>Learn more and download group guides at <a href="https://lumivoz.com/making-time/">https://lumivoz.com/making-time/</a></p><p>For questions, comments, or sharing your tips on how to make more time, reach out to <a href="mailto:makingtime@lumivoz.com">makingtime@lumivoz.com</a></p><p>------------------------------------------------------------------------------</p><br><p>What are younger generations looking for from churches, small groups, and leaders? What are some unique markers of this generation? What does it look like for them to deconstruct their faith? Join us for this conversation with Saddleback's Development Pastor Dave Alford, who has worked with younger generations for decades both in ministry and higher education to learn how we can better care for, minister to, and engage young adults in our lives, in our churches, on our staffs, and in our communities. </p><p><br></p><p>Bio: </p><p>Dave Alford Is Pastor of Leadership Development at Saddleback Church where his team oversees small groups, next steps, interns, and ministries to men, women, and singles. Dave’s background includes experience in business, pastoral ministry, and higher education.  Dave also writes, coaches, and speaks about leadership. Dave has a Bachelors degree from UC Davis, an MBA from USC, and a doctorate in Organizational Leadership from Pepperdine University. </p><p>Show Notes: </p><p>Contact Dave at  <a href="mailto:dalford@saddleback.com">dalford@saddleback.com</a></p><p>For this topic, Dave recommends: The Coddling of the American Mind by Greg Lukianoff and Jonathan Haidt (2018)</p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p><strong>Promo: Making Time<br></strong><br>You have the same 24 hours in your day as the most accomplished people in the world. So why doesn't it feel that way? Follow along on this special 6 episode series as we take a look at how to make more time. By following biblical principles and taking a look at what you really want, Making Time shares the secret to having all the time you need... with a little help from some friends.</p><p>Learn more and download group guides at <a href="https://lumivoz.com/making-time/">https://lumivoz.com/making-time/</a></p><p>For questions, comments, or sharing your tips on how to make more time, reach out to <a href="mailto:makingtime@lumivoz.com">makingtime@lumivoz.com</a></p><p>------------------------------------------------------------------------------</p><br><p>What are younger generations looking for from churches, small groups, and leaders? What are some unique markers of this generation? What does it look like for them to deconstruct their faith? Join us for this conversation with Saddleback's Development Pastor Dave Alford, who has worked with younger generations for decades both in ministry and higher education to learn how we can better care for, minister to, and engage young adults in our lives, in our churches, on our staffs, and in our communities. </p><p><br></p><p>Bio: </p><p>Dave Alford Is Pastor of Leadership Development at Saddleback Church where his team oversees small groups, next steps, interns, and ministries to men, women, and singles. Dave’s background includes experience in business, pastoral ministry, and higher education.  Dave also writes, coaches, and speaks about leadership. Dave has a Bachelors degree from UC Davis, an MBA from USC, and a doctorate in Organizational Leadership from Pepperdine University. </p><p>Show Notes: </p><p>Contact Dave at  <a href="mailto:dalford@saddleback.com">dalford@saddleback.com</a></p><p>For this topic, Dave recommends: The Coddling of the American Mind by Greg Lukianoff and Jonathan Haidt (2018)</p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Wed, 09 Mar 2022 04:20:41 -0800</pubDate>
      <author>Carolyn Taketa | Lumivoz</author>
      <enclosure url="https://op3.dev/e/dts.podtrac.com/redirect.mp3/media.transistor.fm/5ec5fb80/dd9154a7.mp3" length="99082613" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Carolyn Taketa | Lumivoz</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>3013</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p><strong>Promo: Making Time<br></strong><br>You have the same 24 hours in your day as the most accomplished people in the world. So why doesn't it feel that way? Follow along on this special 6 episode series as we take a look at how to make more time. By following biblical principles and taking a look at what you really want, Making Time shares the secret to having all the time you need... with a little help from some friends.</p><p>Learn more and download group guides at <a href="https://lumivoz.com/making-time/">https://lumivoz.com/making-time/</a></p><p>For questions, comments, or sharing your tips on how to make more time, reach out to <a href="mailto:makingtime@lumivoz.com">makingtime@lumivoz.com</a></p><p>------------------------------------------------------------------------------</p><br><p>What are younger generations looking for from churches, small groups, and leaders? What are some unique markers of this generation? What does it look like for them to deconstruct their faith? Join us for this conversation with Saddleback's Development Pastor Dave Alford, who has worked with younger generations for decades both in ministry and higher education to learn how we can better care for, minister to, and engage young adults in our lives, in our churches, on our staffs, and in our communities. </p><p><br></p><p>Bio: </p><p>Dave Alford Is Pastor of Leadership Development at Saddleback Church where his team oversees small groups, next steps, interns, and ministries to men, women, and singles. Dave’s background includes experience in business, pastoral ministry, and higher education.  Dave also writes, coaches, and speaks about leadership. Dave has a Bachelors degree from UC Davis, an MBA from USC, and a doctorate in Organizational Leadership from Pepperdine University. </p><p>Show Notes: </p><p>Contact Dave at  <a href="mailto:dalford@saddleback.com">dalford@saddleback.com</a></p><p>For this topic, Dave recommends: The Coddling of the American Mind by Greg Lukianoff and Jonathan Haidt (2018)</p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>church groups, church small groups, bible study, author interviews, how to do church, how to do small groups, community groups, group leadership, bible leadership, how to read the bible</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>How to Sustain a Healthy Marriage While in Ministry</title>
      <itunes:episode>3</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>3</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>How to Sustain a Healthy Marriage While in Ministry</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">d440b949-3304-4681-a0e5-84872ae4764d</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/379d84a5</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p><strong>Promo: Making Time<br></strong><br>You have the same 24 hours in your day as the most accomplished people in the world. So why doesn't it feel that way? Follow along on this special 6 episode series as we take a look at how to make more time. By following biblical principles and taking a look at what you really want, Making Time shares the secret to having all the time you need... with a little help from some friends.</p><p>Learn more and download group guides at <a href="https://lumivoz.com/making-time/">https://lumivoz.com/making-time/</a></p><p>For questions, comments, or sharing your tips on how to make more time, reach out to <a href="mailto:makingtime@lumivoz.com">makingtime@lumivoz.com</a></p><p>------------------------------------------------------------------------------</p><br><p>Guests: Rex &amp; Andrea Minor </p><p><br></p><p>Intro:  </p><p>How has your marriage been impacted by working at a church? How are you navigating the unique stressors of vocational ministry and its influence on your marriage? What are some ways we can build and sustain a healthy marriage that helps us thrive in ministry? In honor of the upcoming Valentine’s Day, this episode focuses on how you can maintain and grow a healthy marriage when you work in ministry. </p><p><br>Bios: </p><p><br></p><p>Rex Minor:  Over the last 30 years, Rex has been involved in various pastoral positions in the areas of discipleship, spiritual formation, small groups, support/recovery groups and as an executive pastor. He has served in senior leadership roles in large churches in several states. Rex is currently on staff at Saddleback Church in Lake Forest, CA in the area of care and support ministries, </p><p><br></p><p>Andrea Minor:  Andrea has been in vocational ministry for over 25 years in large churches in Illinois, Colorado and California. She has led in the areas of children’s ministries, women’s ministries, creative arts, weekend experiences, and also served as a small groups pastor. Currently she is a minister on the 301 team at Saddleback Church, helping others find and use their spiritual gifts in the life of the church.   </p><p><br></p><p>Rex and Andrea have been married for 40 lovely years and have three married grown children and four adorable grandchildren.</p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p><strong>Promo: Making Time<br></strong><br>You have the same 24 hours in your day as the most accomplished people in the world. So why doesn't it feel that way? Follow along on this special 6 episode series as we take a look at how to make more time. By following biblical principles and taking a look at what you really want, Making Time shares the secret to having all the time you need... with a little help from some friends.</p><p>Learn more and download group guides at <a href="https://lumivoz.com/making-time/">https://lumivoz.com/making-time/</a></p><p>For questions, comments, or sharing your tips on how to make more time, reach out to <a href="mailto:makingtime@lumivoz.com">makingtime@lumivoz.com</a></p><p>------------------------------------------------------------------------------</p><br><p>Guests: Rex &amp; Andrea Minor </p><p><br></p><p>Intro:  </p><p>How has your marriage been impacted by working at a church? How are you navigating the unique stressors of vocational ministry and its influence on your marriage? What are some ways we can build and sustain a healthy marriage that helps us thrive in ministry? In honor of the upcoming Valentine’s Day, this episode focuses on how you can maintain and grow a healthy marriage when you work in ministry. </p><p><br>Bios: </p><p><br></p><p>Rex Minor:  Over the last 30 years, Rex has been involved in various pastoral positions in the areas of discipleship, spiritual formation, small groups, support/recovery groups and as an executive pastor. He has served in senior leadership roles in large churches in several states. Rex is currently on staff at Saddleback Church in Lake Forest, CA in the area of care and support ministries, </p><p><br></p><p>Andrea Minor:  Andrea has been in vocational ministry for over 25 years in large churches in Illinois, Colorado and California. She has led in the areas of children’s ministries, women’s ministries, creative arts, weekend experiences, and also served as a small groups pastor. Currently she is a minister on the 301 team at Saddleback Church, helping others find and use their spiritual gifts in the life of the church.   </p><p><br></p><p>Rex and Andrea have been married for 40 lovely years and have three married grown children and four adorable grandchildren.</p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Wed, 09 Feb 2022 04:00:00 -0800</pubDate>
      <author>Carolyn Taketa | Lumivoz</author>
      <enclosure url="https://op3.dev/e/dts.podtrac.com/redirect.mp3/media.transistor.fm/379d84a5/c9088c1b.mp3" length="163266404" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Carolyn Taketa | Lumivoz</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>4965</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p><strong>Promo: Making Time<br></strong><br>You have the same 24 hours in your day as the most accomplished people in the world. So why doesn't it feel that way? Follow along on this special 6 episode series as we take a look at how to make more time. By following biblical principles and taking a look at what you really want, Making Time shares the secret to having all the time you need... with a little help from some friends.</p><p>Learn more and download group guides at <a href="https://lumivoz.com/making-time/">https://lumivoz.com/making-time/</a></p><p>For questions, comments, or sharing your tips on how to make more time, reach out to <a href="mailto:makingtime@lumivoz.com">makingtime@lumivoz.com</a></p><p>------------------------------------------------------------------------------</p><br><p>Guests: Rex &amp; Andrea Minor </p><p><br></p><p>Intro:  </p><p>How has your marriage been impacted by working at a church? How are you navigating the unique stressors of vocational ministry and its influence on your marriage? What are some ways we can build and sustain a healthy marriage that helps us thrive in ministry? In honor of the upcoming Valentine’s Day, this episode focuses on how you can maintain and grow a healthy marriage when you work in ministry. </p><p><br>Bios: </p><p><br></p><p>Rex Minor:  Over the last 30 years, Rex has been involved in various pastoral positions in the areas of discipleship, spiritual formation, small groups, support/recovery groups and as an executive pastor. He has served in senior leadership roles in large churches in several states. Rex is currently on staff at Saddleback Church in Lake Forest, CA in the area of care and support ministries, </p><p><br></p><p>Andrea Minor:  Andrea has been in vocational ministry for over 25 years in large churches in Illinois, Colorado and California. She has led in the areas of children’s ministries, women’s ministries, creative arts, weekend experiences, and also served as a small groups pastor. Currently she is a minister on the 301 team at Saddleback Church, helping others find and use their spiritual gifts in the life of the church.   </p><p><br></p><p>Rex and Andrea have been married for 40 lovely years and have three married grown children and four adorable grandchildren.</p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>church groups, church small groups, bible study, author interviews, how to do church, how to do small groups, community groups, group leadership, bible leadership, how to read the bible</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>HERE TO THERE: Bible Recap &amp; D-Groups</title>
      <itunes:episode>2</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>2</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>HERE TO THERE: Bible Recap &amp; D-Groups</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">7d1c5ac4-95c9-4720-a3a8-9e95eae3755d</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/459b86c4</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p><strong>Promo: Making Time<br></strong><br>You have the same 24 hours in your day as the most accomplished people in the world. So why doesn't it feel that way? Follow along on this special 6 episode series as we take a look at how to make more time. By following biblical principles and taking a look at what you really want, Making Time shares the secret to having all the time you need... with a little help from some friends.</p><p>Learn more and download group guides at <a href="https://lumivoz.com/making-time/">https://lumivoz.com/making-time/</a></p><p>For questions, comments, or sharing your tips on how to make more time, reach out to <a href="mailto:makingtime@lumivoz.com">makingtime@lumivoz.com</a></p><p>------------------------------------------------------------------------------</p><br><p>Do you "want to want to read the Bible?" Do you or your groups struggle to incorporate Bible reading as a regular habit? We talk with Tara-Leigh Cobble, host of the Bible Recap, a short digest of a daily bible reading. With millions of downloads, Tara Leigh has been enormously influential in helping people love to read and understand the Bible. She also believes that the Bible is best understood in the context of community, alongside one another in groups. So Tara-Leigh founded and leads D-Groups to deepen Biblical understanding, community, and accountability, and she shares how these discipleship groups can work in any church or community environment. </p><p><br></p><p>Links:  </p><p><a href="https://www.taraleighcobble.com/">https://www.taraleighcobble.com/</a></p><p><a href="https://www.thebiblerecap.com/">https://www.thebiblerecap.com/</a></p><p><a href="https://www.taraleighcobble.com/d-group">https://www.taraleighcobble.com/d-group</a></p><p><a href="https://www.mydgroup.org/church">https://www.mydgroup.org/church</a></p><p>And of course, don't forget to check out the Small Group Network at <a href="https://smallgroupnetwork.com">https://smallgroupnetwork.com</a> or join our Facebook Group at <a href="https://www.facebook.com/groups/SGNContact">https://www.facebook.com/groups/SGNContact</a> </p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p><strong>Promo: Making Time<br></strong><br>You have the same 24 hours in your day as the most accomplished people in the world. So why doesn't it feel that way? Follow along on this special 6 episode series as we take a look at how to make more time. By following biblical principles and taking a look at what you really want, Making Time shares the secret to having all the time you need... with a little help from some friends.</p><p>Learn more and download group guides at <a href="https://lumivoz.com/making-time/">https://lumivoz.com/making-time/</a></p><p>For questions, comments, or sharing your tips on how to make more time, reach out to <a href="mailto:makingtime@lumivoz.com">makingtime@lumivoz.com</a></p><p>------------------------------------------------------------------------------</p><br><p>Do you "want to want to read the Bible?" Do you or your groups struggle to incorporate Bible reading as a regular habit? We talk with Tara-Leigh Cobble, host of the Bible Recap, a short digest of a daily bible reading. With millions of downloads, Tara Leigh has been enormously influential in helping people love to read and understand the Bible. She also believes that the Bible is best understood in the context of community, alongside one another in groups. So Tara-Leigh founded and leads D-Groups to deepen Biblical understanding, community, and accountability, and she shares how these discipleship groups can work in any church or community environment. </p><p><br></p><p>Links:  </p><p><a href="https://www.taraleighcobble.com/">https://www.taraleighcobble.com/</a></p><p><a href="https://www.thebiblerecap.com/">https://www.thebiblerecap.com/</a></p><p><a href="https://www.taraleighcobble.com/d-group">https://www.taraleighcobble.com/d-group</a></p><p><a href="https://www.mydgroup.org/church">https://www.mydgroup.org/church</a></p><p>And of course, don't forget to check out the Small Group Network at <a href="https://smallgroupnetwork.com">https://smallgroupnetwork.com</a> or join our Facebook Group at <a href="https://www.facebook.com/groups/SGNContact">https://www.facebook.com/groups/SGNContact</a> </p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Mon, 07 Feb 2022 12:02:38 -0800</pubDate>
      <author>Carolyn Taketa | Lumivoz</author>
      <enclosure url="https://op3.dev/e/dts.podtrac.com/redirect.mp3/media.transistor.fm/459b86c4/f7fa2205.mp3" length="45314466" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Carolyn Taketa | Lumivoz</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>2831</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>Do you "want to want to read the Bible?" Do you or your groups struggle to incorporate Bible reading as a regular habit? We talk with Tara-Leigh Cobble, host of the Bible Recap, a short digest of a daily bible reading. </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>Do you "want to want to read the Bible?" Do you or your groups struggle to incorporate Bible reading as a regular habit? We talk with Tara-Leigh Cobble, host of the Bible Recap, a short digest of a daily bible reading. </itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:keywords>church groups, church small groups, bible study, author interviews, how to do church, how to do small groups, community groups, group leadership, bible leadership, how to read the bible</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/459b86c4/transcript.srt" type="application/x-subrip" rel="captions"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Here To There with Carolyn Taketa Trailer</title>
      <itunes:episode>1</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>1</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>Here To There with Carolyn Taketa Trailer</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>trailer</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">5df15951-a137-4139-8424-3f3826b16dab</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/b907ad8a</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[We're all working hard to progress in our ministries and our personal journeys with Christ. Here's how we can learn from each other as we get from here to there. 

Here To There focuses on moving from Here, wherever you are as an individual in your personal life, leadership, or church ministry, to There, the preferred future that God has for us. 

Each monthly episode features a conversation with someone in small groups ministry, authors, thought leaders, and pastors. We discuss topics that can be helpful, informative, or even powerful for you the listener.

A monthly podcast by Carolyn Taketa. Here To There releases on the 2nd Wednesday of each month. Carolyn Taketa serves as the Executive Director of Small Groups at Calvary Community Church in Westlake Village, California, where she has been on staff since 2005. She oversees all aspects of the small-group ministry, participates in Calvary's senior leadership team, and contributes to planning weekend services. Prior to vocational ministry, Carolyn was a litigation attorney (University of California, Berkeley School of Law).]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[We're all working hard to progress in our ministries and our personal journeys with Christ. Here's how we can learn from each other as we get from here to there. 

Here To There focuses on moving from Here, wherever you are as an individual in your personal life, leadership, or church ministry, to There, the preferred future that God has for us. 

Each monthly episode features a conversation with someone in small groups ministry, authors, thought leaders, and pastors. We discuss topics that can be helpful, informative, or even powerful for you the listener.

A monthly podcast by Carolyn Taketa. Here To There releases on the 2nd Wednesday of each month. Carolyn Taketa serves as the Executive Director of Small Groups at Calvary Community Church in Westlake Village, California, where she has been on staff since 2005. She oversees all aspects of the small-group ministry, participates in Calvary's senior leadership team, and contributes to planning weekend services. Prior to vocational ministry, Carolyn was a litigation attorney (University of California, Berkeley School of Law).]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Mon, 07 Feb 2022 10:40:03 -0800</pubDate>
      <author>Carolyn Taketa | Lumivoz</author>
      <enclosure url="https://op3.dev/e/dts.podtrac.com/redirect.mp3/media.transistor.fm/b907ad8a/2eac8f8c.mp3" length="807797" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Carolyn Taketa | Lumivoz</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://img.transistor.fm/wPlolTmsIt4hCZ9iwPghWIt3pnFLQQkL_6rIuu1Si9M/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:1400/h:1400/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS9lcGlz/b2RlLzc5ODQzNS8x/NjQ0MjU5MjAzLWFy/dHdvcmsuanBn.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>49</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>We're all working hard to progress in our ministries and our personal journeys with Christ. Here's how we can learn from each other as we get from here to there. 

Here To There focuses on moving from Here, wherever you are as an individual in your personal life, leadership, or church ministry, to There, the preferred future that God has for us. 

Each monthly episode features a conversation with someone in small groups ministry, authors, thought leaders, and pastors. We discuss topics that can be helpful, informative, or even powerful for you the listener.

A monthly podcast by Carolyn Taketa. Here To There releases on the 2nd Wednesday of each month. Carolyn Taketa serves as the Executive Director of Small Groups at Calvary Community Church in Westlake Village, California, where she has been on staff since 2005. She oversees all aspects of the small-group ministry, participates in Calvary's senior leadership team, and contributes to planning weekend services. Prior to vocational ministry, Carolyn was a litigation attorney (University of California, Berkeley School of Law).</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>We're all working hard to progress in our ministries and our personal journeys with Christ. Here's how we can learn from each other as we get from here to there. 

Here To There focuses on moving from Here, wherever you are as an individual in your pers</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:keywords>church groups, church small groups, bible study, author interviews, how to do church, how to do small groups, community groups, group leadership, bible leadership, how to read the bible</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
  </channel>
</rss>
